msgid "Several graphical diff tools exist. Why choose &kdiff3;? Let me say, why I wrote it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:100
+#: index.docbook:104
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kdiff3; started because I had to do a difficult merge. Merging is necessary when several people work on the same files in a project. A merge can be somewhat automated, when the merge-tool not only has the new modified files (called \"branches\"), but also the original file (called \"base\"). The merge tool will automatically choose any modification that was only done in one branch. When several contributors change the same lines, then the merge tool detects a conflict which must be solved manually."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:107
+#: index.docbook:111
#, no-c-format
msgid "The merge then was difficult because one contributor had changed many things and corrected the indentation in many places. Another contributor also had changed much text in the same file, which resulted in several merge conflicts."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:111
+#: index.docbook:115
#, no-c-format
msgid "The tool I used then, only showed the changed lines, but not what had changed within these lines. And there was no information about where only the indentation was changed. The merge was a little nightmare."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:115
+#: index.docbook:119
#, no-c-format
msgid "So this was the start. The first version could show differences within a line and showed white space differences. Later many other features were added to increase the usefulness."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:118
+#: index.docbook:122
#, no-c-format
msgid "For example if you want to compare some text quickly, then you can copy it to the clipboard and paste it into either diff window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:121
+#: index.docbook:125
#, no-c-format
msgid "A feature that required a big effort was the directory comparison and merge facility, which turned the program almost into a full file browser."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:124
+#: index.docbook:128
#, no-c-format
msgid "I hope &kdiff3; works for you too. Have fun!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:126
+#: index.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "Joachim Eibl (2003)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:131
+#: index.docbook:135
#, no-c-format
msgid "Screenshots and Features"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:132
+#: index.docbook:136
#, no-c-format
msgid "This screenshot shows the difference between two text files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:133
+#: index.docbook:137
#, no-c-format
msgid "(Using an early version of &kdiff3;):"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:138
+#: index.docbook:142
#, no-c-format
msgid "3-way-merging is fully supported. This is useful if two people change code independently. The original file (the base) is used to help &kdiff3; to automatically select the correct changes. The merge-editor below the diff-windows allows you to solve conflicts, while showing you the output you will get. You can even edit the output. This screenshot shows three input files being merged:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:151
+#: index.docbook:155
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kdiff3; also helps you to compare and merge complete directories. This screenshot shows &kdiff3; during a directory merge:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:160
+#: index.docbook:164
#, no-c-format
msgid "More Features"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:161
+#: index.docbook:165
#, no-c-format
msgid "Line-By-Line And Char-By-Char Diff-Viewer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:162
+#: index.docbook:166
#, no-c-format
msgid "By using the possibilities of a graphical color display &kdiff3; shows exactly what the difference is. When you have to do many code-reviews, you will like this."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:170
+#: index.docbook:174
#, no-c-format
msgid "See White-Space Differences At One Glance"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:171
+#: index.docbook:175
#, no-c-format
msgid "Spaces and tabs that differ appear visibly. When lines differ only in the amount of white space this can be seen at one look in the summary column on the left side. (No more worries when people change the indentation.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:180
+#: index.docbook:184
#, no-c-format
msgid "Triple-Diff"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:181
+#: index.docbook:185
#, no-c-format
msgid "Analyze three files and see where they differ."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:182
+#: index.docbook:186
#, no-c-format
msgid "The left/middle/right windows are named A/B/C and have the blue/green/magenta color respectively."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:185
+#: index.docbook:189
#, no-c-format
msgid "If one file is the same and one file is different on a line then the color shows which file is different. The red color means that both other files are different."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:195
+#: index.docbook:199
#, no-c-format
msgid "Comfortable Merge Of Two Or Three Input Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:196
+#: index.docbook:200
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kdiff3; can be used to merge two or three input files and automatically merges as much as possible. The result is presented in an editable window where most conflicts can be solved with a single mouseclick: Select the buttons A/B/C from the button-bar to select the source that should be used. You can also select more than one source. Since this output window is an editor even conflicts which need further corrections can be solved here without requiring another tool."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:206
+#: index.docbook:210
#, no-c-format
msgid "And ..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:208
+#: index.docbook:212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fast navigation via buttons."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:209
+#: index.docbook:213
#, no-c-format
msgid "A mouse-click into a summary column sync's all windows to show the same position."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:210
+#: index.docbook:214
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select and copy from any window and paste into the merge result window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:211
+#: index.docbook:215
#, no-c-format
msgid "Overview column that shows where the changes and conflicts are."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:212
+#: index.docbook:216
#, no-c-format
msgid "The colors are adjustable to your specific preferences."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:213
+#: index.docbook:217
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adjustable Tab size."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:214
+#: index.docbook:218
#, no-c-format
msgid "Option to insert spaces instead of tabs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:215
+#: index.docbook:219
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open files comfortably via dialog or specify files on the command line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:216
+#: index.docbook:220
#, no-c-format
msgid "Search for strings in all text windows. Find (Ctrl-F) and Find Next (F3)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:217
+#: index.docbook:221
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show the line numbers for each line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:218
+#: index.docbook:222
#, no-c-format
msgid "Paste clipboard or drag text into a diff input window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:219
+#: index.docbook:223
#, no-c-format
msgid "Networktransparency via KIO."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:220
+#: index.docbook:224
#, no-c-format
msgid "Can be used as diff-viewer in KDevelop 3."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:221
+#: index.docbook:225
#, no-c-format
msgid "Word-wrap for long lines."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:222
+#: index.docbook:226
#, no-c-format
msgid "Support for Unicode, UTF-8 and other codecs."
msgid "Note that <replaceable>file1</replaceable> will be treated as base of <replaceable>file2</replaceable> and <replaceable>file3</replaceable>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:255
+#: index.docbook:259
#, no-c-format
msgid "Special case: Files with the same name"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:256
+#: index.docbook:260
#, no-c-format
msgid "If all files have the same name but are in different directories, you can reduce typework by specifying the filename only for the first file. E.g.:"
" --L1 alias1 Visible name replacement for input file 1 (base).\n"
" --L2 alias2 Visible name replacement for input file 2.\n"
" --L3 alias3 Visible name replacement for input file 3.\n"
" -L, --fname alias Alternative visible name replacement. Supply this once for every input.\n"
" --cs string Override a config setting. Use once for every setting. E.g.: --cs \"AutoAdvance=1\"\n"
" --confighelp Show list of config settings and current values.\n"
" --config file Use a different config file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:274
+#: index.docbook:278
#, no-c-format
msgid "The option <option>--cs</option> allows you to adjust a configuration value that is otherwise only adjustable via the configure dialogs. But be aware that when &kdiff3; then terminates the changed value will be stored along with the other settings. With <option>--confighelp</option> you can find out the names of the available items and current values."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:277
+#: index.docbook:281
#, no-c-format
msgid "Via <option>--config</option> you can specify a different config file. When you often use &kdiff3; with completely different setups this allows you to easily switch between them."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:280
+#: index.docbook:284
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignorable command line options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:281
+#: index.docbook:285
#, no-c-format
msgid "Many people want to use &kdiff3; with some version control system. But when that version control system calls &kdiff3; using command line parameters that &kdiff3; doesn't recognise, then &kdiff3; terminates with an error. The integration settings allow to specify command line parameters that should be ignored by &kdiff3;. They will appear in the usage help like in this example:"
msgid "A list of options, separated via semicolon ';'. When one of these options appears on the commandline, then &kdiff3; will ignore it and run without reporting an error. (Default is \"u;query;html;abort\")."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:292
+#: index.docbook:296
#, no-c-format
msgid "When this isn't enough, then it is recommended to write a shell script that does the option translation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:297
+#: index.docbook:301
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open-Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:298
+#: index.docbook:302
#, no-c-format
msgid "Since many input files must be selectable, the program has a special open dialog:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:304
+#: index.docbook:308
#, no-c-format
msgid "The open dialog allows you to edit the filenames by hand, selecting a file via the file-browser (\"File...\") or allows you to choose recent files from the drop-down lists. If you open the dialog again, then the current names still remain there. The third input file is not required. If the entry for \"C\" remains empty, then only a two file diff analysis will be done."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:311
+#: index.docbook:315
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can also select a directory via \"Dir...\". If for A a directory is specified then a directory-comparison/merge starts. If A specifies a file but B, C or the output specify a directory, then &kdiff3; uses the filename from A in the specified directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:316
+#: index.docbook:320
#, no-c-format
msgid "If \"Merge\" is selected, then the \"Output\"-line becomes editable. But it is not required to specify the output filename immediately. You can also postpone this until saving."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:320
+#: index.docbook:324
#, no-c-format
msgid "The \"Configure...\"-button opens the options-dialog, so that you can set the options before running the analysis."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:326
+#: index.docbook:330
#, no-c-format
msgid "Paste and Drop Input"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:327
+#: index.docbook:331
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes you want to compare parts of a text that is not an own file. &kdiff3; also allows you to paste text from the clipboard into the diff input window that has the focus. The diff analysis happens immediately then. In the open dialog you need not specify files then, but just close it via \"Cancel\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:332
+#: index.docbook:336
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can also use drag and drop: Drag a file from a file manager or selected text from an editor and drop it onto a diff input window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:335
+#: index.docbook:339
#, no-c-format
msgid "What's the idea? Sometimes a file contains two similar functions, but checking how similar they really are is a big effort if you first must create two files and then load them. Now you can simply copy, paste and compare the relevant sections."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:339
+#: index.docbook:343
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note: Currently you cannot drag anything from &kdiff3;. Only dropping in the diff input is supported."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:342
+#: index.docbook:346
#, no-c-format
msgid "Warning: Some editors still interpret the drag and drop into another program like cut (instead of copy) and paste. Your original data might be lost then."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:348
+#: index.docbook:352
#, no-c-format
msgid "Comparing Files And Interpreting The Information In The Input Windows"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:352
+#: index.docbook:356
#, no-c-format
msgid "Info Line"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:352
+#: index.docbook:356
#, no-c-format
msgid "At the top of each text window is its \"info line\". The info lines of the input windows contain a letter \"A\", \"B\" or \"C\", the editable filename, a button for browsing, and the line number of the first visible line in the window. (Note that window \"C\" is optional.) Each info line appears in a different color."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:357
+#: index.docbook:361
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you selected another file via browsing or finished editing the filename here by pressing enter, the new file will be loaded and compared with the already loaded file(s)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:361
+#: index.docbook:365
#, no-c-format
msgid "Coloring"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:361
+#: index.docbook:365
#, no-c-format
msgid "The three input windows are assigned the letters \"A\", \"B\" and \"C\". \"A\" has color blue, \"B\" has green and \"C\" has magenta. (These are the defaults, but can be changed in the Settings-Menu.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:365
+#: index.docbook:369
#, no-c-format
msgid "When a difference is detected then the color shows which input file differs. When both other input files differ then the color used to express this is red by default (\"Conflict color\" in the Settings). This colorscheme is especially useful in the case of three input files, which will be seen in the next section (<link linkend=\"merging\">Merging</link>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:371
+#: index.docbook:375
#, no-c-format
msgid "Summary Column"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:371
+#: index.docbook:375
#, no-c-format
msgid "Left of each text is the \"summary column\". If differences occurred on a line then the summary column shows the respective color. For a white-space-only difference the summary is chequered. For programming languages where white space is not so important this is useful to see at one glance if anything of importance was modified. (In C/C++ white space is only interesting within strings, comments, for the preprocessor, and some only very esoteric situations.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:378
+#: index.docbook:382
#, no-c-format
msgid "The vertical line separating the summary column and the text is interrupted if the input file had no lines there. When word-wrap is enabled then this vertical line appears dotted for wrapped lines."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:382
+#: index.docbook:386
#, no-c-format
msgid "Overview Column"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:382
+#: index.docbook:386
#, no-c-format
msgid "On the right side a \"overview\"-column is visible left of the vertical scrollbar. It shows the compressed summary column of input \"A\". All the differences and conflicts are visible at one glance. When only two input windows are used, then all differences appear red here because every difference is also a conflict. A black rectangle frames the visible part of the inputs. For very long input files, when the number of input lines is bigger than the height of the overview column in pixels, then several input lines share one overview line. A conflict then has top priority over simple differences, which have priority over no change, so that no difference or conflict is lost here. By clicking into this overview column the corresponding text will be shown."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:394
+#: index.docbook:398
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manually Aligning Lines"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:394
+#: index.docbook:398
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes the algorithm places the wrong lines next to each other. Or you want to compare one piece of text with text at a completely different position in the other file. For these situations you can manually instruct &kdiff3; to align certain lines. Mark the text for which you want to improve the alignment with the mouse as you would for copy and paste in the first diff view and then choose \"Add Manual Diff Alignment\" in the \"Diffview\"-menu (keyboard shortcut <keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>Y</keycap></keycombo>). An orange bar will appear in the summary column next to the chosen text. Repeat this for the second and (if available) third diff view. &kdiff3; will immediately recalculate the differences everytime you do this, and will align the chosen lines. Of course some of the previously matching lines in between might not match anymore."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:405
+#: index.docbook:409
#, no-c-format
msgid "Currently merging doesn't support the use of manual diff help."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:407
+#: index.docbook:411
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manually Joining and Splitting Diff Sections"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:407
+#: index.docbook:411
#, no-c-format
msgid "In some cases &kdiff3; will see too many or too few diff sections for merging. In such a case you can join or split existing sections."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:410
+#: index.docbook:414
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add new sections by first selecting text in the lines that belong together in either input window (as for copying to the clipboard). Then choose \"Split Diff At Selection\" in the \"Merge\" menu. Splits will be added above the first line and below the last line of the selected text. If you only want to add one section, then select text beginning at another section-split."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:415
+#: index.docbook:419
#, no-c-format
msgid "For joining sections in either input window select something in the lines from the sections to join. (You can join several sections in one step too.) Then choose \"Join selected Diffs\" in the \"Merge\"-menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:422
+#: index.docbook:426
#, no-c-format
msgid "Merging And The Merge Output Editor Window"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:426
+#: index.docbook:430
#, no-c-format
msgid "The merge output editor window (below the diff input windows) also has an info line at the top showing \"Output:\", the filename and \"[Modified]\" if you edited something. Usually it will contain some text through the automatic merge facilities, but often it will also contain conflicts."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:431
+#: index.docbook:435
#, no-c-format
msgid "!!! Saving is disabled until all conflicts are resolved !!! (Use the \"Go to prev/next unsolved conflicts\"-buttons to find the remaining conflicts.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:434
+#: index.docbook:438
#, no-c-format
msgid "With only two input files every difference is also a conflict that must be solved manually."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:437
+#: index.docbook:441
#, no-c-format
msgid "With three input files the first file is treated as base, while the second and third input files contain modifications. When at any line only either input B or input C have changed but not both then the changed source will automatically be selected. Only when B and C have changed on the same lines, then the tool detects a conflict that must be solved manually. When B and C are the same, but not the same as A, then C is selected."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:444
+#: index.docbook:448
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Summary Column"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:444
+#: index.docbook:448
#, no-c-format
msgid "The merge output editor window also has a summary column on the left. It shows the letter of the input from which a line was selected or nothing if all three sources where equal on a line. For conflicts it shows a questionmark \"?\" and the line shows \"<Merge Conflict>\", all in red. Because solving conflicts line by line would take very long, the lines are grouped into groups that have the same difference and conflict characteristics. But only-white-space-conflicts are separated from non-white-space-conflicts in order to ease the merging of files were the indentation changed for many lines."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:454
+#: index.docbook:458
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting The Current Group And Synchronising Merge And Diff View Position"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:454
+#: index.docbook:458
#, no-c-format
msgid "When clicking into the summary column with the left mouse button in either window then the beginning of the group belonging to that line will shown in all windows. This group then becomes the \"current group\". It is highlighted with the \"Current range (diff) background color\" and a black bar appears on the left side of the text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:460
+#: index.docbook:464
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing Inputs A, B or C For Current Conflict And Editing"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:460
+#: index.docbook:464
#, no-c-format
msgid "The button bar below the menubar contains three input selector buttons containing the letters \"A\", \"B\" and \"C\". Click the input selector button to insert (or remove if already inserted) the lines from the respective source. To choose the lines from several inputs click the respective buttons in the needed order. For example if you want that the lines from \"B\" appear before the lines from \"A\" in the output, first click \"B\", then \"A\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:467
+#: index.docbook:471
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you use the auto-advance option (<link linkend=\"autoadvance\">\"Automatically go to next unsolved conflict after source selection\"</link>), you should disable this before choosing lines from several inputs or if you want to edit the lines after your choice. Otherwise &kdiff3; will jump to the next conflict after choosing the first input."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:473
+#: index.docbook:477
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is often helpful directly edit the merge output. The summary column will show \"m\" for every line that was manually modified. When for instance the differences are aligned in a way that simply choosing the inputs won't be satisfactory, then you can mark the needed text and use normal <link linkend=\"selections\">copy and paste</link> to put it into the merge output."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:479
+#: index.docbook:483
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes, when a line is removed either by automatic merge or by editing and no other lines remain in that group, then the text <No src line> will appear in that line. This is just a placeholder for the group for when you might change your mind and select some source again. This text won't appear in the saved file or in any selections you want to copy and paste."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:485
+#: index.docbook:489
#, no-c-format
msgid "The text \"<Merge Conflict>\" will appear in the clipboard if you copy and paste some text containing such a line. But still be careful to do so."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:489
+#: index.docbook:493
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choosing Input A, B, or C for All Conflicts"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:489
+#: index.docbook:493
#, no-c-format
msgid "The normal merge will start by solving simple conflicts automatically. But the \"Merge\"-menu provides some actions for other common needs. If you have to select the same source for most conflicts, then you can choose \"A\", \"B\" or \"C\" everywhere, or only for the remaining unsolved conflicts, or for unsolved white space conflicts. If you want to decide every single delta yourself, you can \"Set deltas to conflicts\". Or if you want to return to the automatic choices of &kdiff3; then select \"Automatically solve simple conflicts\". &kdiff3; then restarts the merge. For actions that change your previous modifications &kdiff3; will ask for your confirmation before proceeding."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:500
+#: index.docbook:504
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note: When choosing either source for unsolved white space conflicts and the options \"Ignore Numbers\" or \"Ignore C/C++ Comments\" are used then changes in numbers or comments will be treated like white space too."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:505
+#: index.docbook:509
#, no-c-format
msgid "Automatic Merge of Version Control Keywords and History (Log)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:505
+#: index.docbook:509
#, no-c-format
msgid "Many version control systems support special keywords in the file. (e.g. \"$Date$\", \"$Header$\", \"$Author$\", \"$Log$\" etc.) During the check-in the version control system (VCS) changes these lines. For instance \"$Date$\" will turn into \"$Date: 2005/03/22 18:45:01 $\". Since this line will be different in every version of the file, it would require manual interaction during the merge."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:512
+#: index.docbook:516
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kdiff3; offers automatic merge for these items. For simple lines that match the \"Auto merge regular expression\"-option in all input-files &kdiff3; will choose the line from B or - if available - from C. (Additionally it is necessary that the lines in question line up in the comparison and the previous line contains no conflict.) This auto merge can either be run immediately after a merge starts (activate the option \"Run regular expression auto merge on merge start\") or later via the merge menu \"Run Regular Expression Auto Merge\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:520
+#: index.docbook:524
#, no-c-format
msgid "Automatic merge for version control history (also called \"log\") is also supported. The history automerge can either run immediately when the merge starts by activating the option \"Merge version control history on merge start\" or later via the merge menu \"Automatically Solve History Conflicts\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:525
+#: index.docbook:529
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually the version control history begins with a line containing the keyword \"$Log$\". This must be matched by the \"History start regular expression\"-option. &kdiff3; detects which subsequent lines are in the history by analysing the leading characters that came before the \"$Log$\"-keyword. If the same \"leading comment\"-characters also appears in the following lines, then they are also included in the history."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:531
+#: index.docbook:535
#, no-c-format
msgid "During each check-in the VCS writes a unique line specifying version-, date- and time-information followed by lines with user comments. These lines form one history-entry. This history section grows with every check-in and the most recent entries appear at the top (after the history start line)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:536
+#: index.docbook:540
#, no-c-format
msgid "When for parallel development two or more developers check-in a branch of the file then the merge history will contain several entries that appear as conflicts during the merge of the branches. Since merging these can become very tedious, &kdiff3; offers support with two possible strategies: Just insert the history information from both contributors at the top or sort the history information by a user defined key."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:542
+#: index.docbook:546
#, no-c-format
msgid "The just-insert-all-entries-method is easier to configure. &kdiff3; just needs a method to detect, which lines belong to one history entry. Most VCS insert an empty line after each history entry. If there are no other empty lines, this is a sufficient criterion for &kdiff3;. Just set an empty \"History entry start regular expression\". If the empty line criterion isn't sufficient, you can specify a regular expression to detect the history entry start."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:548
+#: index.docbook:552
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note that &kdiff3; will remove duplicate history entries. If a history entry appeared several times in the history of a input file, only one entry will remain in the output."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:551
+#: index.docbook:555
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to sort the history, then you have to specify how the sort key should be built. Use parentheses in the \"History entry start regular expression\" to group parts of the regular expression that should later be used for the sort key. Then specify the \"History entry start sort key order\" specifying a comma \",\" separated list of numbers referring to the position of the group in the regular expression."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:557
+#: index.docbook:561
#, no-c-format
msgid "Because this is not so easy to get right immediately, you are able to test and improve the regular expressions and key-generation in a dedicated dialog by pressing the \"Test your regular expressions\"-button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:561
+#: index.docbook:565
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Example: Assume a history that looks like this: <screen>\n"
"</screen> The history start line matches the regular expression \".*\\$Log.*\\$.*\". Then follow the history entries."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:565
+#: index.docbook:569
#, no-c-format
msgid "The line with the \"$Log$\"-keyword begins with two \"*\" after which follows a space. &kdiff3; uses the first non-white-space string as \"leading comment\" and assumes that the history ends in the first line without this leading comment. In this example the last line ends with a string that also starts with two \"*\", but instead of a space character more \"*\" follow. Hence this line ends the history."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:571
+#: index.docbook:575
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If history sorting isn't required then the history entry start line regular expression could look like this. (This line is split in two because it wouldn't fit otherwise.) <screen>\n"
"</screen> For details about regular expressions please see the <ulink url=\"http://doc.trolltech.com/3.3/qregexp.html#details\">regular expression documentation by Trolltech</ulink>. Note that \"\\s\" (with lowercase \"s\") matches any white space and \"\\S\" (with uppercase \"S\") matches any non-white-space. In our example the history entry start contains first the version info with reg. exp. \"\\\\main\\\\\\S+\", the date consisting of day \"[0-9]+\", month \"(Jan|Feb|Mar|Apr|May|Jun|Jul|Aug|Sep|Oct|Nov|Dec)\" and year \"[0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]\", the time \"[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]\" and finally the developers login name \".*\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:579
+#: index.docbook:583
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note that the \"leading comment\"-characters (in the example \"**\") will already be removed by &kdiff3; before trying to match, hence the regular expression begins with a match for none or more white-space characters \"\\s*\". Because comment characters can differ in each file (e.g. C/C++ uses other comment characters than a Perl script) &kdiff3; takes care of the leading comment characters and you should not specify them in the regular expression."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:584
+#: index.docbook:588
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If you require a sorted history. Then the sortkey must be calculated. For this the relevant parts in the regular expression must be grouped by parentheses. (The extra parentheses can also stay in if history sorting is disabled.) <screen>\n"
"</screen> The parentheses now contain 1. version info, 2. day, 3. month, 4. year, 5. time, 6. name. But if we want to sort by date and time, we need to construct a key with the elements in a different order of appearance: First the year, followed by month, day, time, version info and name. Hence the sortkey order to specify is \"4,3,2,5,1,6\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:592
+#: index.docbook:596
#, no-c-format
msgid "Because month names aren't good for sorting (\"Apr\" would be first) &kdiff3; detects in which order the month names were given and uses that number instead (\"Apr\"->\"04\"). And if a pure number is found it will be transformed to a 4-digit value with leading zeros for sorting. Finally the resulting sort key for the first history entry start line will be:"
msgid "For more information also see <link linkend=\"mergeoptions\">Merge Settings</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:604
+#: index.docbook:608
#, no-c-format
msgid "Navigation And Editing"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:605
+#: index.docbook:609
#, no-c-format
msgid "Much navigation will be done with the scroll bars and the mouse but you can also navigate with the keys. If you click into either window then you can use the cursor buttons left, right, up, down, page up, page down, home, end, ctrl-home, ctrl-end as you would in other programs. The overview-column next to the vertical scroll bar of the input files can also be used for navigating by clicking into it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:612
+#: index.docbook:616
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can also use the wheel mouse to scroll up and down."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:614
+#: index.docbook:618
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the merge output editor you can also use the other keys for editing. You can toggle between insert and overwrite mode with the insert key. (Default is insert-mode.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:618
+#: index.docbook:622
#, no-c-format
msgid "A left-mouse-button-click into any summary column will synchronise all windows to show the beginning of the same group of lines (as explained in section <link linkend=\"synchronise_views\">\"Setting The Current Group And Synchronising Merge And Diff View Position\"</link>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:622
+#: index.docbook:626
#, no-c-format
msgid "The button bar also contains nine navigation buttons with which you can jump to the current/first/last difference, to the next/previous difference (ctrl-down/ctrl-up), to the next/previous conflict (ctrl-pgdown/ctrl-pgup), or to the next/previous unsolved conflict. Note that for &kdiff3; a \"conflict\" that was not automatically solved at the start of the merge stays a \"conflict\" even if it is solved. Hence the necessity to distinguish \"unsolved conflicts\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:630
+#: index.docbook:634
#, no-c-format
msgid "Auto-Advance"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:631
+#: index.docbook:635
#, no-c-format
msgid "There also is a button \"Automatically go to next unsolved conflict after source selection\" (Auto-Advance). If you enable this, then, when one source is selected, &kdiff3; will jump to and select the next unsolved conflict automatically. This can help when you always want to choose one source only. When you need both sources, or you want to edit after selecting, then you probably want to switch this off. Before proceeding to the next unsolved conflict &kdiff3; shows you the effect of your choice for a short time. This delay is adjustable in the Diff- & Merge-Settings: You can specify the \"Auto-Advance delay\" in milli seconds between 0 and 2000. Hint: Tired of many clicks? - Use a small Auto-Advance-delay and the shortcuts Ctrl-1/2/3 to select A/B/C for many conflicts."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:647
+#: index.docbook:651
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select, Copy And Paste"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:648
+#: index.docbook:652
#, no-c-format
msgid "The input windows don't show a cursor, so selections must be made with the mouse by clicking with the left mouse button at the start, holding down the mousebutton and moving to the end, where you release the mouse button again. You can also select a word by double clicking it. In the merge output editor you can also select via the keyboard by holding the \"shift\"-button and navigation with the cursor keys."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:655
+#: index.docbook:659
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the selection exceeds the visible range you can move the mouse over the window borders which causes &kdiff3; to scroll in that direction."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:658
+#: index.docbook:662
#, no-c-format
msgid "For very large selections you can also use the navigation keys while holding down the mouse. E.g. use page up and page down to quickly go to a certain position. At the end position release the mouse button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:662
+#: index.docbook:666
#, no-c-format
msgid "In order to select everything in the current window use menu \"Edit\"->\"Select All\" (Ctrl-A)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:664
+#: index.docbook:668
#, no-c-format
msgid "To copy to the clipboard you must press the \"Copy\"-button (Ctrl-C or Ctrl-Insert). But there exists an option \"Auto Copy Selection\". If this is enabled, then whatever you select is copied immediately and you don't need to explicitly copy. But pay attention when using this because the contents of the clipboard might then be destroyed accidentally."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:670
+#: index.docbook:674
#, no-c-format
msgid "\"Cut\" (Ctrl-X or Shift-Delete) copies to the clipboard and deletes the selected text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:673
+#: index.docbook:677
#, no-c-format
msgid "\"Paste\" (Ctrl-V or Shift-Insert) inserts the text in the clipboard at the cursorposition or over the current selection. If you paste to either diff input window the contents of the clipboard will be shown in that window and the comparison will restart immediately. This is useful if you want to quickly grab a piece of text from somewhere and compare it with something else without first creating files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:683
+#: index.docbook:687
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:684
+#: index.docbook:688
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saving will only be allowed, when all conflicts were solved. If the file already exists and the \"Backup files\"-option is enabled then the existing file will be renamed with an \".orig\"-extension, but if such a file exists it will be deleted. When you exit or start another diff-analysis and data wasn't saved yet, then &kdiff3; will ask if you want to save, cancel or proceed without saving. (&kdiff3; does not catch any signals. So if you \"kill\" &kdiff3; then your data will be lost.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:692
+#: index.docbook:696
#, no-c-format
msgid "Line endings are saved according to the normal method on the underlying operating system. For Unices each line ends with an linefeed-character \"\\n\", while for Win32-based systems each line ends with a carriage-return + a linefeed \"\\r\\n\". &kdiff3; does not preserve the line-endings of the input files, which also means that you shouldn't use &kdiff3; with binary files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:701
+#: index.docbook:705
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finding Strings"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:702
+#: index.docbook:706
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can search for a string in any text-window of &kdiff3;. The \"Find ...\"-command (Ctrl-F) in the Edit-menu opens a dialog that lets you specify the string to search for. You can also select the windows which should be searched. Searching will always start at the top. Use the \"Find Next\"-command (F3) to proceed to the next occurrence. If you select to search several windows then the first window will be searched from top to bottom before the search starts in the next window at the top again, etc."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:713
+#: index.docbook:717
#, no-c-format
msgid "Printing"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:714
+#: index.docbook:718
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kdiff3; supports printing for textfile differences. The \"Print...\"-command (Ctrl-P) in the File-menu opens a dialog that allows you to select the printer and to adjust other options."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:718
+#: index.docbook:722
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are several possibilities to adjust the range. Due to different printing dialogs on different operating systems, the method to achieve certain range selections varies."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:723
+#: index.docbook:727
#, no-c-format
msgid "All:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:723
+#: index.docbook:727
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print everything."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:724
+#: index.docbook:728
#, no-c-format
msgid "Current:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:724
+#: index.docbook:728
#, no-c-format
msgid "Print a page starting at the first visible line in the window. (On systems without this option this can be achieved by specifying page number 10000 for printing.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:726
+#: index.docbook:730
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selection:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:726
+#: index.docbook:730
#, no-c-format
msgid "Before choosing to print select text with the mouse (like for copy and paste) in one of the diff input windows to define the start and end line. If no text in one of the diff input windows was selected, then this won't be an available choice. (On systems without this option this can be achived by specifying page number 9999 for printing.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:732
+#: index.docbook:736
#, no-c-format
msgid "Range:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:732
+#: index.docbook:736
#, no-c-format
msgid "Specify the first and last page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:735
+#: index.docbook:739
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other important options for printing will be taken from the normal options:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:738
+#: index.docbook:742
#, no-c-format
msgid "Font, font size"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:739
+#: index.docbook:743
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show line numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:740
+#: index.docbook:744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Word wrap"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:741
+#: index.docbook:745
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>Colors</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:742
+#: index.docbook:746
#, no-c-format
msgid "etc."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:744
+#: index.docbook:748
#, no-c-format
msgid "Landscape formatting is also recommended for printing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:749
+#: index.docbook:753
#, no-c-format
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:750
+#: index.docbook:754
#, no-c-format
msgid "Options and the recent-file-list will be saved when you exit the program, and reloaded when you start it. (Menu Settings->Configure &kdiff3; ...)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:754
+#: index.docbook:758
#, no-c-format
msgid "Font"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:755
+#: index.docbook:759
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select a fixed width font. (On some systems this dialog will also present variable width fonts, but you should not use them.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:760
+#: index.docbook:764
#, no-c-format
msgid "Italic Font for Deltas:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:760
+#: index.docbook:764
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you select this, then text differences will be drawn with the italic version of the selected font. If the font doesn't support italic, then this does nothing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:767
+#: index.docbook:771
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Colors</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:769
+#: index.docbook:773
#, no-c-format
msgid "Foreground color:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:769 index.docbook:782
+#: index.docbook:773 index.docbook:786
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually black."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:770
+#: index.docbook:774
#, no-c-format
msgid "Background color:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:770
+#: index.docbook:774
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually white."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:771
+#: index.docbook:775
#, no-c-format
msgid "Diff Background color:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:771
+#: index.docbook:775
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually light gray."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:772
+#: index.docbook:776
#, no-c-format
msgid "Color A:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:772
+#: index.docbook:776
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually dark blue."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:773
+#: index.docbook:777
#, no-c-format
msgid "Color B:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:773
+#: index.docbook:777
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually dark green."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:774
+#: index.docbook:778
#, no-c-format
msgid "Color C:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:774
+#: index.docbook:778
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually dark magenta."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:775
+#: index.docbook:779
#, no-c-format
msgid "Conflict Color:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:775 index.docbook:780
+#: index.docbook:779 index.docbook:784
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually red."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:776
+#: index.docbook:780
#, no-c-format
msgid "Current range background color:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:776
+#: index.docbook:780
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually light yellow."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:777
+#: index.docbook:781
#, no-c-format
msgid "Current range diff background color:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:777 index.docbook:781
+#: index.docbook:781 index.docbook:785
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually dark yellow."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:778
+#: index.docbook:782
#, no-c-format
msgid "Color for manually selected diff ranges:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:778
+#: index.docbook:782
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually orange."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:779
+#: index.docbook:783
#, no-c-format
msgid "Newest file color in directory comparison:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:779
+#: index.docbook:783
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually green."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:780
+#: index.docbook:784
#, no-c-format
msgid "Oldest file color in directory comparison:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:781
+#: index.docbook:785
#, no-c-format
msgid "Middle age file color in directory comparison:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:782
+#: index.docbook:786
#, no-c-format
msgid "Color for missing files in directory comparison:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:784
+#: index.docbook:788
#, no-c-format
msgid "Changing the colors for directory comparison will be effective only when starting the next directory comparison."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:787
+#: index.docbook:791
#, no-c-format
msgid "On systems with only 16 or 256 colors some colors are not available in pure form. On such systems the \"Defaults\"-button will choose a pure color."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:793
+#: index.docbook:797
#, no-c-format
msgid "Editor Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:795
+#: index.docbook:799
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tab inserts spaces:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:795
+#: index.docbook:799
#, no-c-format
msgid "If this is disabled and you press the tabulator key, a tab-character is inserted, otherwise the appropriate amount of characters is inserted."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:798
+#: index.docbook:802
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tab size:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:798
+#: index.docbook:802
#, no-c-format
msgid "Can be adjusted for your specific needs. Default is 8."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:799
+#: index.docbook:803
#, no-c-format
msgid "Auto indentation:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:799
+#: index.docbook:803
#, no-c-format
msgid "When pressing Enter or Return the indentation of the previous line is used for the new line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:801
+#: index.docbook:805
#, no-c-format
msgid "Auto copy selection:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:801
+#: index.docbook:805
#, no-c-format
msgid "Every selection is immediately copied to the clipboard when active and you needn't explicitly copy it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:803
+#: index.docbook:807
#, no-c-format
msgid "Line end style:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:803
+#: index.docbook:807
#, no-c-format
msgid "When saving you can select what line end style you prefer. The default setting is the common choice for the used operating system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:808
+#: index.docbook:812
#, no-c-format
msgid "Diff Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:809
+#: index.docbook:813
#, no-c-format
msgid "When comparing files, &kdiff3; first it tries to match lines that are equal in all input files. Only during this step it might ignore white space. The second step compares each line. In this step white space will not be ignored. Also during the merge white space will not be ignored."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:817
+#: index.docbook:821
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignore numbers:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:817
+#: index.docbook:821
#, no-c-format
msgid "Default is off. Number characters ('0'-'9', '.', '-') will be ignored in the first part of the analysis in which the line matching is done. In the result the differences will be shown nevertheless, but they are treated as white space."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:822
+#: index.docbook:826
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignore C/C++ comments:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:822
+#: index.docbook:826
#, no-c-format
msgid "Default is off. Changes in comments will be treated like changes in white space."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:825
+#: index.docbook:829
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignore case:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:825
+#: index.docbook:829
#, no-c-format
msgid "Default is off. Case-differences of characters (like 'A' vs. 'a') will be treated like changes in white space."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:828 index.docbook:995
+#: index.docbook:832 index.docbook:999
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preprocessor-Command:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:828 index.docbook:831
+#: index.docbook:832 index.docbook:835
#, no-c-format
msgid "See <link linkend=\"preprocessors\">next section</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:831 index.docbook:1002
+#: index.docbook:835 index.docbook:1006
#, no-c-format
msgid "Line-Matching Preprocessor-Command:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:834
+#: index.docbook:838
#, no-c-format
msgid "Try Hard:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:834
+#: index.docbook:838
#, no-c-format
msgid "Try hard to find an even smaller delta. (Default is on.) This will probably be effective for complicated and big files. And slow for very big files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:841
+#: index.docbook:845
#, no-c-format
msgid "Merge Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:843
+#: index.docbook:847
#, no-c-format
msgid "Auto Advance Delay (ms):"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:843
+#: index.docbook:847
#, no-c-format
msgid "When in auto-advance-mode this setting specifies how long to show the result of the selection before jumping to the next unsolved conflict."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:847
+#: index.docbook:851
#, no-c-format
msgid "White space 2/3-file merge default:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:847
+#: index.docbook:851
#, no-c-format
msgid "Automatically solve all white-space conflict by choosing the specified file. (Default is manual choice.) Useful if white space really isn't important in many files. If you need this only occasionally better use \"Choose A/B/C For All Unsolved Whitespace Conflicts\" in the merge menu. Note that if you enable either \"Ignore numbers\" or \"Ignore C/C++ comments\" then this auto-choice also applies for conflicts in numbers or comments."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:854
+#: index.docbook:858
#, no-c-format
msgid "Auto merge regular expression:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:854
+#: index.docbook:858
#, no-c-format
msgid "Regular expression for lines where &kdiff3; should automatically choose one source. See also <link linkend=\"vcskeywordsmergesupport\">Automatic Merge ...</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:857
+#: index.docbook:861
#, no-c-format
msgid "Run regular expression auto merge on merge start:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:857
+#: index.docbook:861
#, no-c-format
msgid "If activated &kdiff3; runs the automatic merge using the \"Auto merge regular expression\" when a merge is started."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:860
+#: index.docbook:864
#, no-c-format
msgid "History start regular expression:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:860
+#: index.docbook:864
#, no-c-format
msgid "Regular expression for the start of the merge history entry. Usually this line contains the \"$Log$\"-keyword. Default value: \".*\\$Log.*\\$.*\""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:865
+#: index.docbook:869
#, no-c-format
msgid "History entry start regular expression:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:865
+#: index.docbook:869
#, no-c-format
msgid "A merge history entry consists of several lines. Specify the regular expression to detect the first line (without the leading comment). Use parentheses to group the keys you want to use for sorting. If left empty, then &kdiff3; assumes that empty lines separate history entries. See also <link linkend=\"vcskeywordsmergesupport\">Automatic Merge ...</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:872
+#: index.docbook:876
#, no-c-format
msgid "History merge sorting:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:872
+#: index.docbook:876
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enable version control history sorting."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:875
+#: index.docbook:879
#, no-c-format
msgid "History entry start sort key order:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:875
+#: index.docbook:879
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each parentheses used in the regular expression for the history start entry groups a key that can be used for sorting. Specify the list of keys (that are numbered in order of occurrence starting with 1) using ',' as separator (e.g. \"4,5,6,1,2,3,7\"). If left empty, then no sorting will be done. See also <link linkend=\"vcskeywordsmergesupport\">Automatic Merge ...</link>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:883
+#: index.docbook:887
#, no-c-format
msgid "Merge version control history on merge start:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:883
+#: index.docbook:887
#, no-c-format
msgid "If activated &kdiff3; runs the automatic history merging using aforementioned options when a merge is started."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:886
+#: index.docbook:890
#, no-c-format
msgid "Max number of history entries:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:886
+#: index.docbook:890
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kdiff3; truncates the history list after the specified number of entries. Use -1 to avoid truncation. (Default is -1)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:889
+#: index.docbook:893
#, no-c-format
msgid "Test your regular expressions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:889
+#: index.docbook:893
#, no-c-format
msgid "This button shows a dialog that allows you to improve and test the regular expressions above. Just copy the respective data from your files into the example lines. The \"Match results\" will immediately show whether the match succeeds or not. The \"Sort key result\" will display the key used for history merge sorting."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:895
+#: index.docbook:899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Irrelevant merge command:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:895
+#: index.docbook:899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Specify a command of your own that should be called when &kdiff3; detects that for a three file merge the file from B doesn't contribute any relevant data that isn't already contained in the file from C. The command is called with the three filenames as parameters. Data matched by the \"Auto merge regular expression\" or in the history isn't considered relevant."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:907
+#: index.docbook:911
#, no-c-format
msgid "Directory Merge"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:908
+#: index.docbook:912
#, no-c-format
msgid "These options are concerned with scanning the directory and handling the merge: See the <link linkend=\"dirmergeoptions\">Directory Comparison/Merge Docs</link> for details."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:912
+#: index.docbook:916
#, no-c-format
msgid "Yet there is one option here that is also relevant for saving single files:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:916 index.docbook:1618
+#: index.docbook:920 index.docbook:1622
#, no-c-format
msgid "Backup files:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:916
+#: index.docbook:920
#, no-c-format
msgid "When a file is saved and an older version already exists, then the original version will be renamed with an \".orig\" extension. If an old backup file with \".orig\" extension already exists then this will be deleted without backup."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:924
+#: index.docbook:928
#, no-c-format
msgid "Regional and Language Options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:926
+#: index.docbook:930
#, no-c-format
msgid "Language:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:926
+#: index.docbook:930
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adjust the language of the user interface. Changing this option doesn't affect the running program. You have to exit and restart &kdiff3; so that the language is changed. (This option is not available in the Frameworks version of &kdiff3;.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:928
+#: index.docbook:932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use the same encoding for everything:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:928
+#: index.docbook:932
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following encoding options can be adjusted separately for each item or if this option is true, all values will take the first value."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:930
+#: index.docbook:934
#, no-c-format
msgid "Local Encoding:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:930
+#: index.docbook:934
#, no-c-format
msgid "Above the codec-selectors appears a note that tells you what the local encoding is. (This is not adjustable but for your information just in case you don't know your local encoding, but need to select it.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:932
+#: index.docbook:936
#, no-c-format
msgid "File Encoding for A/B/C:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:932
+#: index.docbook:936
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adjust the file encoding for input files. This has an effect on how the special characters are interpreted. Since you can adjust each codec separately you can even compare and merge files that were saved using different codecs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:934
+#: index.docbook:938
#, no-c-format
msgid "File Encoding for Merge Output and Saving:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:934
+#: index.docbook:938
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you have edited a file, then you can adjust which encoding will be used when saving to disk."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:936
+#: index.docbook:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "File Encoding for Preprocessor Files:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:936
+#: index.docbook:940
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you define preprocessors then they might not be able to operate on your codec. (e.g.: Your files are 16-bit-unicode and your preprocessor can only take 8-bit-ascii.) With this option you can define the encoding of preprocessor output."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:938
+#: index.docbook:942
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right To Left Language:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:938
+#: index.docbook:942
#, no-c-format
msgid "Some languages are written right to left. When this option is enabled, &kdiff3; draws the text from right to left in the diff input windows and in the merge output window. Note that if you start &kdiff3; with the command line option \"--reverse\" then all layouting will be done right to left too. (This is a feature provided by Qt.) This documentation was written assuming that \"Right To Left Language\" or reverse layout are disabled. So some references to \"left\" or \"right\" must be replaced by their respective counterpart if you use these options."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:944
+#: index.docbook:948
#, no-c-format
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:945
+#: index.docbook:949
#, no-c-format
msgid "(These options and actions are available in menus or the buttonbar.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:947
+#: index.docbook:951
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show line numbers:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:947
+#: index.docbook:951
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can select if line numbers should be shown for the input files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:949
+#: index.docbook:953
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show space and tabulator characters for differences:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:949
+#: index.docbook:953
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes the visible spaces and tabs are disturbing. You can turn this off."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:951
+#: index.docbook:955
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show white space:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:951
+#: index.docbook:955
#, no-c-format
msgid "Turn this off to suppress any highlighting of white-space-only changes in the text or overview-columns. (Note that this also applies to changes in numbers or comments if the options \"Ignore numbers\" or \"Ignore C/C++ comments\" are active.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:955
+#: index.docbook:959
#, no-c-format
msgid "Overview options:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:955
+#: index.docbook:959
#, no-c-format
msgid "These choices are only available when you compare three files. In normal mode all differences are shown in one color-coded overview-column. But sometimes you are especially interested in the differences between only two of these three files. Selecting \"A vs. B\", \"A vs. C\" or \"B vs. C\"-overview will show a second overview column with the required information next to the normal overview."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:962
+#: index.docbook:966
#, no-c-format
msgid "Word wrap diff windows:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:962
+#: index.docbook:966
#, no-c-format
msgid "Wrap lines when their length would exceed the width of a window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:965
+#: index.docbook:969
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show Window A/B/C:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:965
+#: index.docbook:969
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes you want to use the space on the screen better for long lines. Hide the windows that are not important. (In the Windows-menu.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:968
+#: index.docbook:972
#, no-c-format
msgid "Toggle Split Orientation:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:968
+#: index.docbook:972
#, no-c-format
msgid "Switch between diff windows shown next to each other (A left of B left of C) or above each other (A above B above C). This should also help for long lines. (In the Windows-menu.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:972
+#: index.docbook:976
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start a merge quickly:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:972
+#: index.docbook:976
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes you are viewing the deltas and decide to merge. <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"merge_current.png\" format=\"PNG\"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> \"Merge current file\" in the Directory-menu also works if you only compare two files. A single click starts the merge and uses the filename of the last input-file as the default output filename. (When this is used to restart a merge, then the output filename will be preserved.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:982
+#: index.docbook:986
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Keyboard-Shortcuts"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:983
+#: index.docbook:987
#, no-c-format
msgid "Currently only the Frameworks-version supports user-configurable keyboard-shortcuts. (Menu Settings->Configure Shortcuts...)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:990
+#: index.docbook:994
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preprocessor Commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:991
+#: index.docbook:995
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kdiff3; supports two preprocessor options."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:995
+#: index.docbook:999
#, no-c-format
msgid "When any file is read, it will be piped through this external command. The output of this command will be visible instead of the original file. You can write your own preprocessor that fulfills your specific needs. Use this to cut away disturbing parts of the file, or to automatically correct the indentation etc."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1002
+#: index.docbook:1006
#, no-c-format
msgid "When any file is read, it will be piped through this external command. If a preprocessor-command (see above) is also specified, then the output of the preprocessor is the input of the line-matching preprocessor. The output will only be used during the line matching phase of the analysis. You can write your own preprocessor that fulfills your specific needs. Each input line must have a corresponding output line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1012
+#: index.docbook:1016
#, no-c-format
msgid "The idea is to allow the user greater flexibility while configuring the diff-result. But this requires an external program, and many users don't want to write one themselves. The good news is that very often <command>sed</command> or <command>perl</command> will do the job."
"</screen> Without a preprocessor the following lines would be placed next to each other: <screen>\n"
" aa - cg\n"
" ba - dg\n"
" ca - eg\n"
" da\n"
" ea\n"
" fa\n"
"</screen> This is probably not wanted since the first letter contains the actually interesting information. To help the matching algorithm to ignore the second letter we can use a line matching preprocessor command, that replaces 'g' with 'a': <screen>\n"
" <command>sed</command> 's/g/a/'\n"
"</screen> With this command the result of the comparison would be: <screen>\n"
" aa\n"
" ba\n"
" ca - cg\n"
" da - dg\n"
" ea - eg\n"
" fa\n"
"</screen> Internally the matching algorithm sees the files after running the line matching preprocessor, but on the screen the file is unchanged. (The normal preprocessor would change the data also on the screen.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1035
+#: index.docbook:1039
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>sed</command> Basics"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1036
+#: index.docbook:1040
#, no-c-format
msgid "This section only introduces some very basic features of <command>sed</command>. For more information see <ulink url=\"info:/sed\">info:/sed</ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/html_mono/sed.html\"> http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/html_mono/sed.html</ulink>. A precompiled version for Windows can be found at <ulink url=\"http://unxutils.sourceforge.net\"> http://unxutils.sourceforge.net</ulink>. Note that the following examples assume that the <command>sed</command>-command is in some directory in the PATH-environment variable. If this is not the case, you have to specify the full absolute path for the command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1047
+#: index.docbook:1051
#, no-c-format
msgid "Also note that the following examples use the single quotation mark (') which won't work for Windows. On Windows you should use the double quotation marks (\") instead."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1049
+#: index.docbook:1053
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"In this context only the <command>sed</command>-substitute-command is used: <screen>\n"
"</screen> Before you use a new command within &kdiff3;, you should first test it in a console. Here the <command>echo</command>-command is useful. Example: <screen>\n"
"</screen> This example shows a very simple sed-command that replaces the first occurance of \"a\" with \"o\". If you want to replace all occurances then you need the \"g\"-flag: <screen>\n"
"</screen> The \"|\"-symbol is the pipe-command that transfers the output of the previous command to the input of the following command. If you want to test with a longer file then you can use <command>cat</command> on Unix-like systems or <command>type</command> on Windows-like systems. <command>sed</command> will do the substitution for each line."
msgid "Examples For <command>sed</command>-Use In &kdiff3;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1066
+#: index.docbook:1070
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignoring Other Types Of Comments"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1067
+#: index.docbook:1071
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Currently &kdiff3; understands only C/C++ comments. Using the Line-Matching-Preprocessor-Command you can also ignore other types of comments, by converting them into C/C++-comments. Example: To ignore comments starting with \"#\", you would like to convert them to \"//\". Note that you also must enable the \"Ignore C/C++-Comments\" option to get an effect. An appropriate Line-Matching-Preprocessor-Command would be: <screen>\n"
" <command>sed</command> 's/#/\\/\\//'\n"
"</screen> Since for <command>sed</command> the \"/\"-character has a special meaning, it is necessary to place the \"\\\"-character before each \"/\" in the replacement-string. Sometimes the \"\\\" is required to add or remove a special meaning of certain characters. The single quotation marks (') before and after the substitution-command are important now, because otherwise the shell will try to interpret some special characters like '#', '$' or '\\' before passing them to <command>sed</command>. <emphasis>Note that on Windows you will need the double quotation marks (\") here. Windows substitutes other characters like '%', so you might have to experiment a little bit.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1086
+#: index.docbook:1090
#, no-c-format
msgid "Caseinsensitive Diff"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1087
+#: index.docbook:1091
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Use the following Line-Matching-Preprocessor-Command to convert all input to uppercase: <screen>\n"
" <command>sed</command> 's/\\(.*\\)/\\U\\1/'\n"
"</screen> Here the \".*\" is a regular expression that matches any string and in this context matches all characters in the line. The \"\\1\" in the replacement string refers to the matched text within the first pair of \"\\(\" and \"\\)\". The \"\\U\" converts the inserted text to uppercase."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1097
+#: index.docbook:1101
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignoring Version Control Keywords"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1098
+#: index.docbook:1102
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"CVS and other version control systems use several keywords to insert automatically generated strings (<ulink url=\"info:/cvs/Keyword substitution\">info:/cvs/Keyword substitution</ulink>). All of them follow the pattern \"$KEYWORD generated text$\". We now need a Line-Matching-Preprocessor-Command that removes only the generated text: <screen>\n"
"</screen> The \"\\|\" separates the possible keywords. You might want to modify this list according to your needs. The \"\\\" before the \"$\" is necessary because otherwise the \"$\" matches the end of the line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1108
+#: index.docbook:1112
#, no-c-format
msgid "While experimenting with <command>sed</command> you might come to understand and even like these regular expressions. They are useful because there are many other programs that also support similar things."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1115
+#: index.docbook:1119
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignoring Numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1116
+#: index.docbook:1120
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Ignoring numbers actually is a built-in option. But as another example, this is how it would look as a Line-Matching-Preprocessor-command. <screen>\n"
" <command>sed</command> 's/[0123456789.-]//g'\n"
"</screen> Any character within '[' and ']' is a match and will be replaced with nothing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1124
+#: index.docbook:1128
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignoring Certain Columns"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1125
+#: index.docbook:1129
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Sometimes a text is very strictly formatted, and contains columns that you always want to ignore, while there are other columns you want to preserve for analysis. In the following example the first five columns (characters) are ignored, the next ten columns are preserved, then again five columns are ignored and the rest of the line is preserved. <screen>\n"
"</screen> Each dot '.' matches any single character. The \"\\1\" and \"\\2\" in the replacement string refer to the matched text within the first and second pair of \"\\(\" and \"\\)\" denoting the text to be preserved."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1135
+#: index.docbook:1139
#, no-c-format
msgid "Combining Several Substitutions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1136
+#: index.docbook:1140
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes you want to apply several substitutions at once. You can then use the semicolon ';' to separate these from each other. Example:"
"</screen> But some details are different in <command>perl</command>. Note that where <command>sed</command> needed \"\\(\" and \"\\)\" <command>perl</command> requires the simpler \"(\" and \")\" without preceding '\\'. Example:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screen
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1151
+#: index.docbook:1155
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"<command>sed</command> 's/\\(.*\\)/\\U\\1/'\n"
" <command>perl</command> -p -e 's/(.*)/\\U\\1/'"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1156
+#: index.docbook:1160
#, no-c-format
msgid "Order Of Preprocessor Execution"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1157
+#: index.docbook:1161
#, no-c-format
msgid "The data is piped through all internal and external preprocessors in the following order:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1162
+#: index.docbook:1166
#, no-c-format
msgid "Normal preprocessor,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1163
+#: index.docbook:1167
#, no-c-format
msgid "Line-Matching-Preprocessor,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1164
+#: index.docbook:1168
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignore case (conversion to uppercase),"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1165
+#: index.docbook:1169
#, no-c-format
msgid "Detection of C/C++ comments,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1166
+#: index.docbook:1170
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignore numbers,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1167
+#: index.docbook:1171
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignore white space"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1169
+#: index.docbook:1173
#, no-c-format
msgid "The data after the normal preprocessor will be preserved for display and merging. The other operations only modify the data that the line-matching-diff-algorithm sees."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1172
+#: index.docbook:1176
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the rare cases where you use a normal preprocessor note that the line-matching-preprocessor sees the output of the normal preprocessor as input."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1178
+#: index.docbook:1182
#, no-c-format
msgid "Warning"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1179
+#: index.docbook:1183
#, no-c-format
msgid "The preprocessor-commands are often very useful, but as with any option that modifies your texts or hides away certain differences automatically, you might accidentally overlook certain differences and in the worst case destroy important data."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1183
+#: index.docbook:1187
#, no-c-format
msgid "For this reason during a merge if a normal preprocessor-command is being used &kdiff3; will tell you so and ask you if it should be disabled or not. But it won't warn you if a Line-Matching-Preprocessor-command is active. The merge will not complete until all conflicts are solved. If you disabled \"Show White Space\" then the differences that were removed with the Line-Matching-Preprocessor-command will also be invisible. If the Save-button remains disabled during a merge (because of remaining conflicts), make sure to enable \"Show White Space\". If you don't want to merge these less important differences manually you can select \"Choose [A|B|C] For All Unsolved White space Conflicts\" in the Merge-menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1198
+#: index.docbook:1202
#, no-c-format
msgid "Directory Comparison and Merge with &kdiff3;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1199
+#: index.docbook:1203
#, no-c-format
msgid "Introduction into Directory Comparison and Merge"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1200
+#: index.docbook:1204
#, no-c-format
msgid "Often programmers must modify many files in a directory to achieve their purpose. For this &kdiff3; also lets you compare and merge complete directories recursively!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1204
+#: index.docbook:1208
#, no-c-format
msgid "Even though comparing and merging directories seems to be quite obvious, there are several details that you should know about. Most important is of course the fact that now many files might be affected by each operation. If you don't have backups of your original data, then it can be very hard or even impossible to return to the original state. So before starting a merge, make sure that your data is safe, and going back is possible. If you make an archive or use some version control system is your decision, but even experienced programmers and integrators need the old sources now and then. And note that even though I (the author of &kdiff3;) try to do my best, I can't guarantee that there are no bugs. According to the GNU-GPL there is NO WARRANTY whatsoever for this program. So be humble and always keep in mind:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1218
+#: index.docbook:1222
#, no-c-format
msgid "To err is human, but to really mess things up you need a computer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1220
+#: index.docbook:1224
#, no-c-format
msgid "So this is what this program can do for you: &kdiff3; ..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1224
+#: index.docbook:1228
#, no-c-format
msgid "... reads and compares two or three directories recursively,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1225
+#: index.docbook:1229
#, no-c-format
msgid "... takes special care of symbolic links,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1226
+#: index.docbook:1230
#, no-c-format
msgid "... lets you browse files on mouse double click,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1227
+#: index.docbook:1231
#, no-c-format
msgid "... for each item proposes a merge operation, which you can change before starting the directory merge,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1229
+#: index.docbook:1233
#, no-c-format
msgid "... lets you simulate the merge and lists the actions that would take place, without actually doing them,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1231
+#: index.docbook:1235
#, no-c-format
msgid "... lets you really do the merge, and lets you interact whenever manual interaction is needed,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1233
+#: index.docbook:1237
#, no-c-format
msgid "... lets you run the selected operation for all items (key F7) or the selected item (key F6),"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1234
+#: index.docbook:1238
#, no-c-format
msgid "... lets you continue the merge after manual interaction with key F7,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1235
+#: index.docbook:1239
#, no-c-format
msgid "... optionally creates backups, with the \".orig\" extension,"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1240
+#: index.docbook:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "Starting Directory Comparison Or Merge"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1241
+#: index.docbook:1245
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is very similar to the single file merge and comparison. You just have to specify directories on the command line or in the file-open dialog."
msgid "When three directories are merged then <replaceable>dir1</replaceable> is used as the base for the merge. If no destination directory is specified, then &kdiff3; will use <replaceable>dir3</replaceable> as the destination directory for the merge."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1262
+#: index.docbook:1266
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note that only the comparison starts automatically, not the merge. For this you first must select a menu entry or the key F7. (More details later.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1269
+#: index.docbook:1273
#, no-c-format
msgid "Directory Merge Visible Information"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1270
+#: index.docbook:1274
#, no-c-format
msgid "While reading the directories a message-box appears that informs you of the progress. If you abort the directory scan, then only files that have been compared until then will be listed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1274
+#: index.docbook:1278
#, no-c-format
msgid "When the directory scan is complete then &kdiff3; will show a listbox with the results left, ..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1281
+#: index.docbook:1285
#, no-c-format
msgid "... and details about the currently selected item on the right:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1289
+#: index.docbook:1293
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Name Column"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1290
+#: index.docbook:1294
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each file and directory that was found during the scan is shown here in a tree. You can select an item by clicking it with the mouse once."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1293
+#: index.docbook:1297
#, no-c-format
msgid "The directories are collapsed by default. You can expand and collapse them by clicking on the \"+\"/\"-\" or by double-clicking the item or by using the left/right-arrow-keys. The \"Directory\"-menu also contains two actions \"Fold all subdirs\" and \"Unfold all subdirs\" with which you can collapse or expand all directories at once."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1299
+#: index.docbook:1303
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you double-click a file item then the file comparison starts and the file-diff-window will appear."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1303
+#: index.docbook:1307
#, no-c-format
msgid "The image in the name column reflects the file type in the first directory (\"A\"). It can be one of these:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1308
+#: index.docbook:1312
#, no-c-format
msgid "Normal file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1309
+#: index.docbook:1313
#, no-c-format
msgid "Normal directory (directory-image)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1310
+#: index.docbook:1314
#, no-c-format
msgid "Link to a file (file-image with a link arrow)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1311
+#: index.docbook:1315
#, no-c-format
msgid "Link to a directory (directory-image with a link arrow)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1313
+#: index.docbook:1317
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the file type is different in the other directories, then this is visible in the columns A/B/C and in the window that shows the details about the selected item. Note that for such a case no merge operation can be selected automatically. When starting the merge, then the user will be informed of problems of that kind."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1322
+#: index.docbook:1326
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Columns A/B/C and the Coloring Scheme"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1323
+#: index.docbook:1327
#, no-c-format
msgid "As can be seen in the image above the colors red, green, yellow and black are used in the columns A/B/C."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1328
+#: index.docbook:1332
#, no-c-format
msgid "Black: This item doesn't exist in this directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1329
+#: index.docbook:1333
#, no-c-format
msgid "Green: Newest item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1330
+#: index.docbook:1334
#, no-c-format
msgid "Yellow: Older than green, newer than red."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1331
+#: index.docbook:1335
#, no-c-format
msgid "Red: Oldest item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1333
+#: index.docbook:1337
#, no-c-format
msgid "But for items that were identical in the comparison their color also is identical even if the age is not."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1336
+#: index.docbook:1340
#, no-c-format
msgid "Directories are considered equal if all items they contain are identical. Then they also will have the same color. But the age of a directory is not considered for its color."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1340
+#: index.docbook:1344
#, no-c-format
msgid "The idea for this coloring scheme I came upon in <ulink url=\"http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb/dirdiff\">dirdiff</ulink>. The colors resemble the colors of a leaf that is green when new, turns yellow later and red when old."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1347
+#: index.docbook:1351
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Operation Column"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1348
+#: index.docbook:1352
#, no-c-format
msgid "After comparing the directories &kdiff3; also evaluates a proposal for a merge operation. This is shown in the \"Operation\" column. You can modify the operation by clicking on the operation you want to change. A small menu will popup and allows you to select an operation for that item. (You can also select the most needed operations via keyboard. Ctrl+1/2/3/4/Del will select A/B/C/Merge/Delete respectively if available.) This operation will be executed during the merge. It depends on the item and on the merge-mode you are in, what operations are available. The merge-mode is one of"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1359
+#: index.docbook:1363
#, no-c-format
msgid "Three directory-merge (\"A\" is treated as older base of both)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1360
+#: index.docbook:1364
#, no-c-format
msgid "Two directory-merge."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1361
+#: index.docbook:1365
#, no-c-format
msgid "Two directory-sync-mode (activate via option \"Synchronize Directories\")."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1363
+#: index.docbook:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "In three directory merge the operation proposal will be: If for an item ..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1367
+#: index.docbook:1371
#, no-c-format
msgid "... all three directories are equal: Copy from C"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1368
+#: index.docbook:1372
#, no-c-format
msgid "... A and C are equal but B is not: Copy from B (or if B does not exist, delete the destination if exists)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1370
+#: index.docbook:1374
#, no-c-format
msgid "... A and B are equal but C is not: Copy from C (or if C does not exist, delete the destination if exists)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1372
+#: index.docbook:1376
#, no-c-format
msgid "... B and C are equal but A is not: Copy from C (or if C does not exist, delete the destination if exists)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1374
+#: index.docbook:1378
#, no-c-format
msgid "... only A exists: Delete the destination (if exists)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1375
+#: index.docbook:1379
#, no-c-format
msgid "... only B exists: Copy from B"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1376
+#: index.docbook:1380
#, no-c-format
msgid "... only C exists: Copy from C"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1377
+#: index.docbook:1381
#, no-c-format
msgid "... A, B and C are not equal: Merge"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1378
+#: index.docbook:1382
#, no-c-format
msgid "... A, B and C don't have the same file type (e.g. A is a directory, B is a file): \"Error: Conflicting File Types\". While such items exist the directory merge cannot start."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1382
+#: index.docbook:1386
#, no-c-format
msgid "In two directory merge the operation proposal will be: If for an item ..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1386
+#: index.docbook:1390
#, no-c-format
msgid "... both directories are equal: Copy from B"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1387
+#: index.docbook:1391
#, no-c-format
msgid "... A exists, but not B: Copy from A"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1388
+#: index.docbook:1392
#, no-c-format
msgid "... B exists, but not A: Copy from B"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1389
+#: index.docbook:1393
#, no-c-format
msgid "... A and B exist but are not equal: Merge"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1390 index.docbook:1407
+#: index.docbook:1394 index.docbook:1411
#, no-c-format
msgid "... A and B don't have the same file type (e.g. A is a directory, B is a file): \"Error: Conflicting File Types\". While such items exist the directory merge cannot start."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1394
+#: index.docbook:1398
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sync-mode is active if only two directories and no explicit destination were specified and if the option \"Synchronize directories\" is active. &kdiff3; then selects a default operation so that both directories are the same afterwards. If for an item ..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1401
+#: index.docbook:1405
#, no-c-format
msgid "... both directories are equal: Nothing will be done."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1402
+#: index.docbook:1406
#, no-c-format
msgid "... A exists, but not B: Copy A to B"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1403
+#: index.docbook:1407
#, no-c-format
msgid "... B exists, but not A: Copy B to A"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1404
+#: index.docbook:1408
#, no-c-format
msgid "... A and B exist, but are not equal: Merge and store the result in both directories. (For the user the visible save-filename is B, but then &kdiff3; copies B also to A.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1411
+#: index.docbook:1415
#, no-c-format
msgid "When two directories are merged and the option \"Copy newer instead of merging\" is selected, then &kdiff3; looks at the dates and proposes to choose the newer file. If the files are not equal but have equal dates, then the operation will contain \"Error: Dates are equal but files are not.\" While such items exist the directory merge cannot start."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1420
+#: index.docbook:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Status Column"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1421
+#: index.docbook:1425
#, no-c-format
msgid "During the merge one file after the other will be processed. The status column will show \"Done\" for items where the merge operation has succeeded, and other texts if something unexpected happened. When a merge is complete, then you should make a last check to see if the status for all items is agreeable."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1430
+#: index.docbook:1434
#, no-c-format
msgid "Statistics Columns"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1431
+#: index.docbook:1435
#, no-c-format
msgid "When the file comparison mode \"Full Analysis\" is enabled in the options, then &kdiff3; will show extra columns containing the numbers of unsolved, solved, nonwhite and whitespace conflicts. (The solved-column will only show when comparing or merging three directories.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1438
+#: index.docbook:1442
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting Listed Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1439
+#: index.docbook:1443
#, no-c-format
msgid "Several options influence which files are listed here. Some are accessible in the <link linkend=\"dirmergeoptions\">settings dialog</link>. The Directory-menu contains the entries:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1443
+#: index.docbook:1447
#, no-c-format
msgid "\"Show Identical Files\": Files that have been detected equal in all input directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1444
+#: index.docbook:1448
#, no-c-format
msgid "\"Show Different Files\": Files that exist in two or more directories but are not equal."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1445
+#: index.docbook:1449
#, no-c-format
msgid "\"Show Files only in A\": Files that exist only in A, but not in B or C."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1446
+#: index.docbook:1450
#, no-c-format
msgid "\"Show Files only in B\": Files that exist only in B, but not in A or C."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1447
+#: index.docbook:1451
#, no-c-format
msgid "\"Show Files only in C\": Files that exist only in C, but not in A or B."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1449
+#: index.docbook:1453
#, no-c-format
msgid "Activate only the \"Show\"-options for the items you want listed. If for example you only want to list all items that exist either in A or in B but not in both, you'll have to activate \"Show Files only in A\" and \"Show Files only in B\" and deactivate all others (\"Show Identical Files\", \"Show Different Files\", \"Show Files only in C\"). The list will be updated immediately to reflect the change."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1454
+#: index.docbook:1458
#, no-c-format
msgid "These options also apply for directories with one exception: Disabling \"Show Different Files\" will not hide any complete directories. This will work only for files within."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1457
+#: index.docbook:1461
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note that of these only the \"Show Identical Files\"-option is persistant. The others are enabled when starting &kdiff3;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1465
+#: index.docbook:1469
#, no-c-format
msgid "Doing A Directory Merge"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1466
+#: index.docbook:1470
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can either merge the currently selected item (file or directory), or all items. When you have made all your operation choices (in all subdirectories too) then you can start the merge."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1470
+#: index.docbook:1474
#, no-c-format
msgid "Be aware that if you didn't specify a destination directory explicitly, then the destination will be \"C\" in three directory mode, \"B\" in two directory merge mode, and in sync-mode it will be \"A\" or/and \"B\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1474
+#: index.docbook:1478
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you have specified a destination directory also check that all items that should be in the output, are in the tree. There are some options that cause certain items to be omitted from the directory comparison and merge. Check these options to avoid unpleasant surprises:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1481
+#: index.docbook:1485
#, no-c-format
msgid "\"Recursive Directories\": If this is off, then items in subdirectories will not be found."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1483
+#: index.docbook:1487
#, no-c-format
msgid "\"Pattern\"/\"Anti-Pattern\": Include/exclude items that match"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1484
+#: index.docbook:1488
#, no-c-format
msgid "\"Exclude Hidden Files\""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1485
+#: index.docbook:1489
#, no-c-format
msgid "<link linkend=\"selectingvisiblefiles\">\"Show\"-options</link> (Show Identical/Different Files, Files only in A/B/C)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1487
+#: index.docbook:1491
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you change the settings in order to list more files, you must do a rescan via menu \"Directory\"->\"Rescan\" yourself. (The reason for this is that for faster comparison-speed &kdiff3; omits the comparison for files suppressed by these criteria.) If you changed your file and dir patterns to exclude files, then the file-list will immediately be updated on closing the options-dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1492
+#: index.docbook:1496
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note that when you write to a completely new directory then you usually also want to copy the identical files. In that case enable the \"Show Identical Files\"-option. If your destination-directory is one of the inputs, then this isn't necessary because the file is already there."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1496
+#: index.docbook:1500
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are satisfied so far, the rest is easy."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1498
+#: index.docbook:1502
#, no-c-format
msgid "To merge all items: Select \"Start/Continue directory merge\" in the \"Directory\"-menu or press F7 (which is the default shortcut). To merge only the current item: Select \"Run Operation For Current Item\" or press F6."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1503
+#: index.docbook:1507
#, no-c-format
msgid "If due to conflicting filetypes still some items with invalid operations exist, then a messagebox will appear and these items will be pointed out, so you can select a valid operation for the item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1507
+#: index.docbook:1511
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you merge all items a dialog will appear giving you the options \"Do it\", \"Simulate it\" and \"Cancel\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1512
+#: index.docbook:1516
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select \"Simulate it\" if you want to see what would be done without actually doing it. A verbose list of all operations will be shown."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1514
+#: index.docbook:1518
#, no-c-format
msgid "Otherwise select \"Do it\" to really start merging."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1516
+#: index.docbook:1520
#, no-c-format
msgid "Then &kdiff3; will run the specified operation for all items. If manual interaction is required (single file merge), then a merge window will open (<link linkend=\"dirmergebigscreenshot\">see the big screenshot</link>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1520
+#: index.docbook:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you have finished with manually merging a file, again select \"Start/Continue directory merge\" or the key F7. If you haven't saved it yet, a dialog will ask you to do so. Then &kdiff3; will continue with the next item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1524
+#: index.docbook:1528
#, no-c-format
msgid "When &kdiff3; encounters an error, it will tell you so and will show the verbose-status-information. At the bottom of this list, there will be some error messages which should help you to understand the cause of the problem. When you continue merging (F7 key) &kdiff3; will give you the choice to retry or skip the item that caused the problem. This means that before continuing you can choose another operation or solve the problem by other means."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1531
+#: index.docbook:1535
#, no-c-format
msgid "When the merge is complete, then &kdiff3; will inform you via a message box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1534
+#: index.docbook:1538
#, no-c-format
msgid "If some items were merged individually before running the directorymerge then &kdiff3; remembers this (while this merge-session goes on), and doesn't merge them again when later the merge for all items is run. Even when the merge was skipped or nothing was saved these items count as completed. Only when you change the merge operation the \"Done\"-status of the item will be removed and it can be merged again."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1544
+#: index.docbook:1548
#, no-c-format
msgid "Options for Comparing and Merging Directories"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1545
+#: index.docbook:1549
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &kdiff3;-preferences (menu \"Settings\"->\"Configure &kdiff3;\") has a section called \"Directory Merge\" with these options:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1551
+#: index.docbook:1555
#, no-c-format
msgid "Recursive Directories:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1551
+#: index.docbook:1555
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select whether to search directories recursively."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1553
+#: index.docbook:1557
#, no-c-format
msgid "File Pattern(s):"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1553
+#: index.docbook:1557
#, no-c-format
msgid "Only files that match any pattern here will be put in the tree. More than one pattern may be specified here by using the semicolon \";\" as separator. Valid wildcards: '*' and '?'. (e.g. \"*.cpp;*.h\"). Default is \"*\". This pattern is not used on directories."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1557
+#: index.docbook:1561
#, no-c-format
msgid "File Anti-Pattern(s):"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1557
+#: index.docbook:1561
#, no-c-format
msgid "Files that match this pattern will be excluded from the tree. More than one pattern may be specified here via using the semicolon \";\" as separator. Valid wildcards: '*' and '?'. Default is \"*.orig;*.o;*.obj\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1561
+#: index.docbook:1565
#, no-c-format
msgid "Directory Anti-Pattern(s):"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1561
+#: index.docbook:1565
#, no-c-format
msgid "Directories that match this pattern will be excluded from the tree. More than one pattern may be specified here via using the semicolon \";\" as separator. Valid wildcards: '*' and '?'. Default is \"CVS;deps;.svn\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1565
+#: index.docbook:1569
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use CVS-Ignore:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1565
+#: index.docbook:1569
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ignore files and directories that would also be ignored by CVS. Many automatically generated files are ignored by CVS. The big advantage is that this can be directory specific via a local \".cvsignore\"-file. (See <ulink url=\"info:/cvs/cvsignore\">info:/cvs/cvsignore</ulink>.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1570
+#: index.docbook:1574
#, no-c-format
msgid "Find Hidden Files and Directories:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1570
+#: index.docbook:1574
#, no-c-format
msgid "On some file systems files have an \"Hidden\"-attribute. On other systems a filename starting with a dot \".\" causes it to be hidden. This option allows you to decide whether to include these files in the tree or not. Default is on."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1574
+#: index.docbook:1578
#, no-c-format
msgid "Follow File Links:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1574
+#: index.docbook:1578
#, no-c-format
msgid "For links to files: When disabled, then the symbolic links are compared. When enabled, then the files behind the links are compared. Default is off."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1577
+#: index.docbook:1581
#, no-c-format
msgid "Follow Directory Links:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1577
+#: index.docbook:1581
#, no-c-format
msgid "For links to directories: When disabled, then the symbolic links will be compared. When enabled then the link will be treated like a directory and it will be scanned recursively. (Note that the program doesn't check if the link is \"recursive\". So for example a directory that contains a link to the directory would cause an infinite loop, and after some time when the stack overflows or all memory is used up, crash the program.) Default is off."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1584
+#: index.docbook:1588
#, no-c-format
msgid "Case Sensitive Filename Comparison:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1584
+#: index.docbook:1588
#, no-c-format
msgid "Default is false on Windows, true for other operating systems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1586
+#: index.docbook:1590
#, no-c-format
msgid "File Comparison Mode:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1588
+#: index.docbook:1592
#, no-c-format
msgid "Binary Comparison:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1588
+#: index.docbook:1592
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is the default file comparison mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1591
+#: index.docbook:1595
#, no-c-format
msgid "Full Analysis:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1591
+#: index.docbook:1595
#, no-c-format
msgid "Do a full analysis of each file and show the statistics information columns. (Number of solved, unsolved, nonwhite and white conflicts.) The full analysis is slower than a simple binary analysis, and much slower when used on files that don't contain text. (Specify the appropriate file-antipatterns.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1598
+#: index.docbook:1602
#, no-c-format
msgid "Trust the modification date:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1598
+#: index.docbook:1602
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you compare big directories over a slow network, it might be faster to compare the modification dates and file length alone. But this speed improvement comes with the price of a little uncertainty. Use this option with care. Default is off."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1602
+#: index.docbook:1606
#, no-c-format
msgid "Trust the size:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1602
+#: index.docbook:1606
#, no-c-format
msgid "Similar to trusting the modification date. No real comparison happens. Two files are considered equal if their file-sizes are equal. This is useful when the file-copy operation didn't preserve the modification date. Use this option with care. Default is off."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1609
+#: index.docbook:1613
#, no-c-format
msgid "Synchronize Directories:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1609
+#: index.docbook:1613
#, no-c-format
msgid "Activates \"Sync-Mode\" when two directories are compared and no explicit destination directory was specified. In this mode the proposed operations will be chosen so that both source directories are equal afterwards. Also the merge result will be written to both directories. Default is off."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: emphasis
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1614
+#: index.docbook:1618
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy newer instead of merging:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1614
+#: index.docbook:1618
#, no-c-format
msgid "Instead of merging the proposed operation will copy the newer source if changes happened. (Considered unsafe, because it implies that you know, that the other file hasn't been edited too. Check to make sure in every case.) Default is off."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1618
+#: index.docbook:1622
#, no-c-format
msgid "If a file or complete directory is replaced by another or is deleted then the original version will be renamed with an \".orig\" extension. If an old backup file with \".orig\" extension already exists then this will be deleted without backup. This also affects the normal merging of single files, not only in directory-merge mode. Default is on."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1626
+#: index.docbook:1630
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other Functions in Directory Merge Window"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1627
+#: index.docbook:1631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Split/Full Screen Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1628
+#: index.docbook:1632
#, no-c-format
msgid "Usually the directory merge list view remains visible while a single file is compared or merged. With the mouse you can move the splitter bar that separates the file list from the text-diff windows. If you don't want this, you can disable \"Split Screen View\" in the \"Directory\"-menu. Then you can use \"Toggle View\" in the \"Directory\"-menu to switch between the file list and the text-diff view that then occupy the full screen."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1637
+#: index.docbook:1641
#, no-c-format
msgid "Comparing or Merging a Single File"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1638
+#: index.docbook:1642
#, no-c-format
msgid "Probably you will prefer a simple double mouse click on a file in order to compare it. Nevertheless there also exists an entry in the \"Directory\"-menu. You can also directly merge a single file by selecting it and choosing \"Merge current file\" in the \"Merge\"-Menu. On saving the result, the status will be set to done, and the file will not be merged again if a directory merge is started."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1645
+#: index.docbook:1649
#, no-c-format
msgid "But note that this status information will be lost when you rerun a directory scan: \"Directory\"-menu: \"Rescan\""
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1650
+#: index.docbook:1654
#, no-c-format
msgid "Comparing or Merging Files with Different Names"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1651
+#: index.docbook:1655
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes you need to compare or merge files with different names (e.g. the current file and the backup in the same folder)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1654
+#: index.docbook:1658
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select the exact file by clicking onto the icon in the column A, B or C. The first file selected thus will be marked with an \"A\", the second and third with \"B\" and \"C\" regardless on what column they are in. Only up to three files can be chosen like this."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1658
+#: index.docbook:1662
#, no-c-format
msgid "Proceed by choosing \"Compare Explicitly Selected Files\" or \"Merge Explicitly Selected Files\" from the \"Directory\"-menu. For your convenience these menu entries also appear as context menu when you right-click the last selected file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1662
+#: index.docbook:1666
#, no-c-format
msgid "The comparison or merge of a file will happen in the same window. If this method is used for directories a new window will be opened."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1670
+#: index.docbook:1674
#, no-c-format
msgid "Miscellaneous Topics"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1672
+#: index.docbook:1676
#, no-c-format
msgid "Networktransparency via KIO"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1673
+#: index.docbook:1677
#, no-c-format
msgid "KIO-Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1674
+#: index.docbook:1678
#, no-c-format
msgid "The KIO library from Frameworks supports networktransparency via KIO-slaves. &kdiff3; uses this for reading input files and for scanning directories. This means that you can specify files and directories on local and remote resources via URLs."
msgid "The first line compares a local file with a file on an FTP-server. The second line compares a directory within an compressed archive with a local directory."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1686
+#: index.docbook:1690
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other KIO-slaves that are interesting are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1690
+#: index.docbook:1694
#, no-c-format
msgid "Files from the WWW (http:),"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1691
+#: index.docbook:1695
#, no-c-format
msgid "Files from the FTP (ftp:),"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1692
+#: index.docbook:1696
#, no-c-format
msgid "Encrypted file transfer (fish:, sftp:),"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1693
+#: index.docbook:1697
#, no-c-format
msgid "Windows-resources (smb:),"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1694
+#: index.docbook:1698
#, no-c-format
msgid "Local files (file:),"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1696
+#: index.docbook:1700
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other things that are possible, but probably less useful are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1700
+#: index.docbook:1704
#, no-c-format
msgid "Man-pages (man:),"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1701
+#: index.docbook:1705
#, no-c-format
msgid "Info-pages (info:),"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1705
+#: index.docbook:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "How To Write URLs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1706
+#: index.docbook:1710
#, no-c-format
msgid "An URL has a different syntax compared with paths for local files and directories. Some things should be considered:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1711
+#: index.docbook:1715
#, no-c-format
msgid "A path can be relative and can contain \".\" or \"..\". This is not possible for URLs which are always absolute."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1714
+#: index.docbook:1718
#, no-c-format
msgid "Special characters must be written with \"escaping\". (\"#\"->\"%23\", space->\"%20\", etc.) E.g. A file with the name \"/#foo#\" would have the URL \"file:/%23foo%23\"."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1717
+#: index.docbook:1721
#, no-c-format
msgid "When URLs don't work as expected, try to open them in Konqueror first."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1724
+#: index.docbook:1728
#, no-c-format
msgid "Capabilities of KIO-Slaves"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1725
+#: index.docbook:1729
#, no-c-format
msgid "Networktransparency has one drawback: Not all resources have the same capabilities."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1727
+#: index.docbook:1731
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes this is due to the file system of the server, sometimes due to the protocol. Here is a short list of restrictions:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1732
+#: index.docbook:1736
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes there is no support for links."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1734
+#: index.docbook:1738
#, no-c-format
msgid "Or there is no way to distinguish if a link points to a file or a directory; always assuming a file. (ftp:, sftp:)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1737
+#: index.docbook:1741
#, no-c-format
msgid "Can't always determine the filesize."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1739
+#: index.docbook:1743
#, no-c-format
msgid "Limited support for permissions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1741
+#: index.docbook:1745
#, no-c-format
msgid "No possibility to modify permissions or modification time, so permissions or time of a copy will differ from the original. (See the option \"Trust the size\".) (To modify permissions or modification time is only possible for local files.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1751
+#: index.docbook:1755
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using &kdiff3; as a KPart"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1752
+#: index.docbook:1756
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kdiff3; is a KPart. Currently it implements the KParts::ReadOnlyPart-interface."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1754
+#: index.docbook:1758
#, no-c-format
msgid "It's main use is as difference-viewer in KDevelop. KDevelop always starts the internal difference viewer first. To invoke &kdiff3; press the right mouse button on the difference viewer window and select \"Show in KDiff3Part\" from the context menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1758
+#: index.docbook:1762
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kdiff3; normally requires two complete files as input. When used as part &kdiff3; will assume that the input file is a patch-file in the unified format. &kdiff3; then retrieves the original filenames from the patch-file. At least one of the two files must be available. &kdiff3; will then invoke <command>patch</command> to recreate the second file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1764
+#: index.docbook:1768
#, no-c-format
msgid "In &dolphin; you can select a patch-file and select \"Preview in\"-\"KDiff3Part\" from the context menu. Be aware that this won't work if none of the original files are available, and it is not reliable if the original file(s) have changed since the patch-file was generated."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1769
+#: index.docbook:1773
#, no-c-format
msgid "When run as a part &kdiff3; only provides the a two-file-diff, a very small toolbar and menu. Merging or directory-comparison are not supported then."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1777
+#: index.docbook:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid "Questions and Answers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: chapter
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1777
+#: index.docbook:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid "&reporting.bugs; &updating.documentation;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1784
+#: index.docbook:1788
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why is it called \"&kdiff3;\"?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1786
+#: index.docbook:1790
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tools named \"KDiff\" and \"KDiff2\" (now called \"Kompare\") already exist. Also \"KDiff3\" should suggest that it can merge like the \"diff3\"-tool in the Diff-Tool collection."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1791
+#: index.docbook:1795
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why did I release it under GPL?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1793
+#: index.docbook:1797
#, no-c-format
msgid "I'm using GPL programs for a very long time now and learned very much by having a look at many of the sources. Hence this is my \"Thank You\" to all programmers that also did so or will do the same."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1799
+#: index.docbook:1803
#, no-c-format
msgid "Some buttons and functions are missing. What's wrong?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1801
+#: index.docbook:1805
#, no-c-format
msgid "You compiled from source but you probably didn't specify the correct prefix for the installation. By default cmake wants to install in /usr/local but then the user-interface resource file (i.e. kdiff3ui.rc) can't be found. The README-file contains more information about the correct prefix."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1808
+#: index.docbook:1812
#, no-c-format
msgid "Often lines that are similar but not identical appear next to each other but sometimes not. Why?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1811
+#: index.docbook:1815
#, no-c-format
msgid "Lines where only the amount of white space characters is different are treated as \"equal\" at first, while just one different non-white character causes the lines to be \"different\". If similar lines appear next to each other, this actually is coincidence but this fortunately is often the case. See also <link linkend=\"manualdiffhelp\">Manual Diff Help</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1819
+#: index.docbook:1823
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why must all conflicts be solved before the merge result can be saved?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1821
+#: index.docbook:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "For each equal or different section the editor in the merge result window remembers where it begins or ends. This is needed so that conflicts can be solved manually by simply selecting the source button (A, B or C). This information is lost while saving as text and it is too much effort to create a special file format that supports saving and restoring all necessary information."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1830
+#: index.docbook:1834
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I synchronise the diff and merge views, so that all views show the same text position?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1832
+#: index.docbook:1836
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click into the summary column left of the text. (<link linkend=\"synchronise_views\">See also here.</link>)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1836
+#: index.docbook:1840
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why does the editor in the merge result window not have an \"undo\"-function?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1838
+#: index.docbook:1842
#, no-c-format
msgid "This was too much effort until now. You can always restore a version from one source (A, B or C) by clicking the respective button. For big editing the use of another editor is recommended anyway."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1844
+#: index.docbook:1848
#, no-c-format
msgid "When I removed some text, then suddenly \"<No src line>\" appeared and cannot be deleted. What does that mean and how can one remove this?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1847
+#: index.docbook:1851
#, no-c-format
msgid "For each equal or different section the editor in the merge result window remembers where it begins or ends. \"<No src line>\" means that there is nothing left in a section, not even a new line character. This can happen either while merging automatically or by editing. This is no problem, since this hint won't appear in the saved file. If you want the orignal source back just select the section (click on the left summary column) and then click the source button with the needed contents (A/B or C)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1858
+#: index.docbook:1862
#, no-c-format
msgid "Why doesn't &kdiff3; support syntax-highlighting?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1860
+#: index.docbook:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kdiff3; already uses many colors for difference highlighting. More highlighting would be confusing. Use another editor for this."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1865
+#: index.docbook:1869
#, no-c-format
msgid "Can I use &kdiff3; to compare OpenOffice.Org, Word, Excel, PDF-, &etc; files?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1867
+#: index.docbook:1871
#, no-c-format
msgid "Although &kdiff3; will analyse any kind of file the result will probably not be very satisfactory for you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1870
+#: index.docbook:1874
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kdiff3; was made to compare pure text files. OpenOffice, Word, Excel etc. store much more information in the files (about fonts, pictures, pages, colors etc.) which &kdiff3; doesn't know about. So &kdiff3; will show you the contents of the file interpreted as pure text, but this might be unreadable or at least it will look very odd."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1876
+#: index.docbook:1880
#, no-c-format
msgid "Since most programs nowadays store their contents in XML-format, you might be able to read it as pure text. So if the change was only small, &kdiff3; still might help you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1880
+#: index.docbook:1884
#, no-c-format
msgid "The best solution if you only want to compare the text (without embedded objects like pictures) is to use \"Select All\" and \"Copy\" in your program to copy the interesting text to the clipboard and then in &kdiff3; paste the text into either diff input window. (See also <link linkend=\"selections\">Select, Copy And Paste</link>.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1888
+#: index.docbook:1892
#, no-c-format
msgid "Where has the directory option \"List only deltas\" gone?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1890
+#: index.docbook:1894
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are now several <link linkend=\"selectingvisiblefiles\">\"Show\"-options</link> in the directory menu. Disabling \"Show identical files\" will achieve what enabling \"List only deltas\" used to do."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1895
+#: index.docbook:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "How can I make a big selection in the diff input window because scrolling takes so long?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1898
+#: index.docbook:1902
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start the selection as usual (click and hold the left mouse button). Then use the navigation keys (e.g. page up, page down) while holding the left mouse button down. (See also <link linkend=\"selections\">Select, Copy And Paste</link>.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1904
+#: index.docbook:1908
#, no-c-format
msgid "There is so much information here, but your question is still not answered?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1906
+#: index.docbook:1910
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please send me your question. I appreciate every comment."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1915
+#: index.docbook:1919
#, no-c-format
msgid "Credits and License"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1917
+#: index.docbook:1921
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kdiff3; - File and Directory Comparison and Merge Tool"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1920
+#: index.docbook:1924
#, no-c-format
msgid "Program copyright 2002-2007 Joachim Eibl <email>joachim.eibl at gmx.de</email>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:1923
+#: index.docbook:1927
#, no-c-format
msgid "Several cool ideas and bugreports came from colleagues and many people out in the Wild Wild Web. Thank you!"
"<p>The ICC profiles folder seems to be invalid.</p>"
"<p>If you want to try setting it again, choose \"Yes\" here, otherwise choose \"No\", and the \"Color Management\" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue.</p>"
msgid "Updates metadata of files in the current album with the contents of digiKam database (file metadata will be overwritten with data from the database)."
msgid "Updates the digiKam database from the metadata of the files in the current album (information in the database will be overwritten with data from the files' metadata)."
msgid "Open camera dialog for the device with Solid UDI <udi>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically detect and open a connected gphoto2 camera"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Start digikam with the SQLite database file found in the directory <dir>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Start digikam with the configuration file <config>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Run-time Qt SQLite or MySQL database plugin is not available. please install it.\n"
"There is no database plugin installed on your computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Run-time Qt SQLite or MySQL database plugin are not available. Please install it.\n"
"Database plugins installed on your computer are listed below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The given path for the config file is not valid. Either its parent directory does not exist, it is a directory itself or it cannot be read/written to.</p>"
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete those items permanently?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/trashview.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete ALL items permanently?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Image Editor: Add Web services Import and Export tools;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Showfoto: Add Web services Import and Export tools;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Light Table: Add Web services Import and Export tools;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "New video metadata parser based on ffmpeg to populate database;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Add video support to find files based on properties registered on database."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Similarity database has been moved to a dedicated file to not bloat core database with computed finger-prints. This will speed-up query in core database in case of Similarity feature is used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid "Add possibility to merge tags by drag & drop."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "HTML Gallery: New Vanilla theme to emulate export to HTML from Adobe LightRoom."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "HTML Gallery: New Blue Frame theme."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "...and much more."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<li>%1</li>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "New Features"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h3>%1</h3>"
"<ul>%2</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Some of the new features in this release of digiKam include (compared to digiKam 5.x):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "About"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h3>%1</h3>"
"<h3>%2</h3>"
"<ul>%3</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam is an open source photo management program designed to import, organize, enhance, search and export your digital images to and from your computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Currently, you are in the Album view mode of digiKam. Albums are the places where your files are stored, and are identical to the folders on your hard disk."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<li>%1</li>"
"<li>%2</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam has many powerful features which are described in the <a href=\"https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/extragear-graphics/digikam/index.html\">documentation</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/welcomepageview.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "The <a href=\"http://www.digikam.org\">digiKam homepage</a> provides information about new versions of digiKam."
msgid "Failed to backup the existing database file (\"%1\"). Refusing to replace file without backup, using the existing file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:433
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to copy the old database file (\"%1\") to its new location (\"%2\"). Starting with an empty database."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:467
#, kde-format
msgid "Database Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:468
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file - confirming that this database file was indeed created for the pictures located in the folder \"%2\" - or ignore the old file and start with a new database?</p>"
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file, start with a new database, or copy the current database to this location and continue using it?</p>"
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file or start with a new database?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:589
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to copy the old database file (\"%1\") to its new location (\"%2\"). Trying to upgrade old databases."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:604
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database.</p>"
"<p>Would you like to copy the current database to this location and continue using it, or start with a new database?</p>"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:636
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database. There is already a database file in this location.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to use this existing file as the new database, or remove it and copy the current database to this place?</p>"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:646
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Existing File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:748
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>An error occurred during the internal server start.</b></p>"
"<p>You cannot use digiKam without a working database. digiKam will attempt to start now, but it will <b>not</b> be functional. Please check the database settings in the <b>configuration menu</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:805
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Failed to open the database. Error message from database:</p>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
"</p>"
"<p>You cannot use digiKam without a working database. digiKam will attempt to start now, but it will <b>not</b> be functional. Please check the database settings in the <b>configuration menu</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:878
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Your locale has changed since this album was last opened.\n"
"Old locale: %1, new locale: %2\n"
"If you have recently changed your locale, you need not be concerned.\n"
"Please note that if you switched to a locale that does not support some of the filenames in your collection, these files may no longer be found in the collection. If you are sure that you want to continue, click 'Yes'. Otherwise, click 'No' and correct your locale setting before restarting digiKam."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:920
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The collection </p>"
"<p><b>%1</b><br/>"
"(%2)</p>"
"<p> is currently not found on your system.<br/>"
" Please choose the most appropriate option to handle this situation:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:938
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The collection is still available, but the identifier changed.<br/>"
"This can be caused by restoring a backup, changing the partition layout or the file system settings.<br/>"
"The collection is now located at this place:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:957
#, kde-format
msgid "The collection is located on a storage device which is not always attached. Mark the collection as a removable collection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/album/albummanager.cpp:964
#, kde-format
msgid "Take no action now. I would like to solve the problem later using the setup dialog"
msgid "This is a CD/DVD, which is identified by the label that you can set in your CD burning application. There is already another entry with the same label. The two will be distinguished by the files in the top directory, so please do not append files to the CD, or it will not be recognized. In the future, please set a unique label on your CDs and DVDs if you intend to use them with digiKam."
msgid "This is a CD/DVD. It will be identified by the label (\"%1\")that you have set in your CD burning application. If you create further CDs for use with digikam in the future, please remember to give them a unique label as well."
msgid "This entry will only be identified by the path where it is found on your system (\"%1\"). No more specific means of identification (UUID, label) is available."
msgid "It is not possible on your system to identify the storage medium of this path. It will be added using the file path as the only identifier. This will work well for your local hard disk."
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is too recent.) Please use the more recent version of digiKam that you used before. "
msgid "Failed to open a database transaction on your database file \"%1\". This is unusual. Please check that you can access the file and no other process has currently locked the file. If the problem persists you can get help from the digikam developers mailing list (see www.digikam.org/support). As well, please have a look at what digiKam prints on the console. "
msgid "The schema updating process from version 4 to 6 failed, caused by an error that we did not expect. You can try to discard your old database and start with an empty one. (In this case, please move the database files \"%1\" and \"%2\" from the directory \"%3\"). More probably you will want to report this error to the digikam developers mailing list (see www.digikam.org/support). As well, please have a look at what digiKam prints on the console. "
msgid "Failed to update the database schema from version %1 to version %2. Please read the error messages printed on the console and report this error as a bug at bugs.kde.org. "
msgid "The database update action cannot be found. Please ensure that the dbconfig.xml file of the current version of digiKam is installed at the correct place. "
msgid "Failed to copy the old database file (\"%1\") to its new location (\"%2\"). Error message: \"%3\". Please make sure that the file can be copied, or delete it."
msgid "The old database file (\"%1\") has been copied to the new location (\"%2\") but it cannot be opened. Please delete both files and try again, starting with an empty database. "
msgid "No album library path has been found in the configuration file. Giving up the schema updating process. Please try with an empty database, or repair your configuration."
msgid "There was an error associating your albumLibraryPath (\"%1\") with a storage volume of your system. This problem may indicate that there is a problem with your installation. If you are working on Linux, check that HAL is installed and running. In any case, you can seek advice from the digikam developers mailing list (see www.digikam.org/support). The database updating process will now be aborted because we do not want to create a new database based on false assumptions from a broken installation."
msgid "Could not open the configuration file <b>%1</b>. This file is installed with the digikam application and is absolutely required to run digikam. Please check your installation."
msgid "An old version of the configuration file <b>%1</b> is found. Please ensure that the version released with the running version of digiKam is installed. "
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBSimilarityVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is to recent) Please use the more recent version of digikam that you used before. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/database/tags/facetags.cpp:377
#, kde-format
msgctxt "People on your photos"
msgid "People"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/database/tags/facetags.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The list of detected faces from the collections but not recognized"
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/database/tags/facetags.cpp:440
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The list of recognized faces from the collections but not confirmed"
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBThumbnailsVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
"<p>Select here the type of database backend.</p>"
"<p><b>SQlite</b> backend is for local database storage with a small or medium collection sizes. It is the default and recommended backend for collections with less than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><b>MySQL Internal</b> backend is for local database storage with huge collection sizes. This backend is recommend for local collections with more than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><i>Be careful: this one still in experimental stage.</i></p>"
"<p><b>MySQL Server</b> backend is a more robust solution especially for remote and shared database storage. It is also more efficient to manage huge collection sizes with more than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><i>Be careful: this one still in experimental stage.</i></p>"
"<p>Set here the location where the database files will be stored on your system. There are three databases: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.<br/>"
"Write access is required to be able to edit image properties.</p>"
"<p>Databases are digiKam core engines. Take care to use a place hosted by fast hardware (as SSD) with enough free space especially for thumbnails database.</p>"
"<p>Note: a remote file system such as NFS, cannot be used here. For performance reasons, it is also recommended not to use removable media.</p>"
msgid "<p>Here you can configure locations where MySQL binary tools are located. digiKam will try to find these binaries automatically if they are already installed on your computer.</p>"
"<p>digiKam expects that database is already created with a dedicated user account. This user name <i>digikam</i> will require full access to the database.<br/>"
"If your database is not already set up, you can use the following SQL commands (after replacing the <b><i>password</i></b> with the correct one).<br>"
"<p>Note: with a Linux server, a database can be initialized following the commands below:</p>"
"<p># su</p>"
"<p># systemctl restart mysqld</p>"
"<p># mysql -u root</p>"
"<p>...</p>"
"<p>Enter SQL code to Mysql prompt in order to init digiKam databases with grant privileges (see behind)</p>"
"<p>...</p>"
"<p>quit</p>"
"<p>NOTE: If you have an enormous collection, you should start MySQL server with mysql --max_allowed_packet=128M OR in my.ini or ~/.my.cnf, change the settings</p>"
"<p>Use this configuration view to set all information to be connected to a remote <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MySQL\">Mysql database server</a> (or <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MariaDB\">MariaDB</a>) through a network. As with Sqlite or MySQL internal server, 3 databases will be stored on the remote server: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.</p>"
"<p>Unlike Sqlite or MySQL internal server, you can customize the database names to simplify your backups.</p>"
"<p>Databases are digiKam core engines. To prevent performance issues, take a care to use a fast network link between the client and the server computers. It is also recommended to host database files on fast hardware (as <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solid-state_drive\">SSD</a>) with enough free space, especially for thumbnails database, even if data are compressed using wavelets image format <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progressive_Graphics_File\">PGF</a>.</p>"
"<p>The databases must be created previously on the remote server by the administrator. Look in <b>Requirements</b> tab for details.</p>"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a green filter. This is useful for all scenic shoots, especially portraits photographed against the sky.</p>"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow filter. This has the most natural tonal correction, and improves contrast. Ideal for landscapes.</p>"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow-green filter. A yellow-green filter is highly effective for outdoor portraits because red is rendered dark while green appears lighter. Great for correcting skin tones, bringing out facial expressions in close-ups and emphasizing the feeling of liveliness. This filter is highly effective for indoor portraits under tungsten lighting.</p>"
"<p>Gives a warm highlight and mid-tone while adding a bit of coolness to the shadows - very similar to the process of bleaching a print and re-developing in a sepia toner.</p>"
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "Enable this option if you want to preserve the aspect ratio of image. If enabled, the border width will be a percentage of the image size, else the border width will be in pixels."
msgid "Total smoothing power: if the Detail Factor sets the relative smoothing and the Anisotropy Factor the direction, the Smoothing Factor sets the overall effect."
msgid "<b>Function</b>: This function combines the original RGB channels with the desaturated blurred image. This function is used in each of the tonemapping stages. It can be linear or power. Basically, this function increases the values where both the original and blurred image's value are low and do the opposite on high values."
msgid "<b>Highlights saturation</b>: Usually the (perceived) saturation is increased. The user can choose to lower the saturation on original highlight and shadows from the image with these parameters."
msgid "<b>Shadow saturation</b>: Usually the (perceived) saturation is increased. The user can choose to lower the saturation on original highlight and shadows from the image with these parameters."
msgid "This value is the radius of the inner circle of the filter. In the inner circle the image is preserved. It is expressed as a multiple of the outer radius of the filter."
msgid "This value is the radius of the outer circle of the filter. Outside the outer circle the effect of the filter is at its maximum. It is expressed as a multiple of the diagonal of the image."
msgid "This is the camera maker description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and find relevant camera device information from Lensfun database."
msgid "This is the camera model description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and found relevant camera device information from Lensfun database."
msgid "This is the lens description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and found relevant lens information from Lensfun database."
msgid "Vignetting refers to an image darkening, mostly in the corners. Optical and natural vignetting can be canceled out with this option, whereas mechanical vignetting will not be cured."
msgid "Distortion refers to an image deformation, which is most pronounced towards the corners. These Seidel aberrations are known as pincushion and barrel distortions."
msgid "<b>Note: lens correction options depend of filters available in LensFun library. See <a href='http://lensfun.sourceforge.net'>LensFun project web site</a> for more information.</b>"
"<p>If the image's maximal counts are small, you can use the <b>linear</b> scale.</p>"
"<p><b>Logarithmic</b> scale can be used when the maximal counts are big; if it is used, all values (small and large) will be visible on the graph.</p>"
msgid "<b>Alpha</b>: display the alpha image-channel values. This channel corresponds to the transparency value and is supported by some image formats, such as PNG or TIF."
msgid "<b>Threshold</b>: Adjusts the threshold for denoising of the image in a range from 0.0 (none) to 10.0. The threshold is the value below which everything is considered noise."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Softness</b>: This adjusts the softness of the thresholding (soft as opposed to hard thresholding). The higher the softness the more noise remains in the image."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Estimate Noise"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Compute automatically all noise reduction settings by a parse of noise contained in image."
msgid "This is the radius of the circular convolution. It is the most important parameter for using this tool. For most images the default value of 1.0 should give good results. Select a higher value when your image is very blurred."
msgid "Increasing the correlation may help to reduce artifacts. The correlation can range from 0-1. Useful values are 0.5 and values close to 1, e.g. 0.95 and 0.99. Using a high value for the correlation will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool."
msgid "Increasing the noise filter parameter may help to reduce artifacts. The noise filter can range from 0-1 but values higher than 0.1 are rarely helpful. When the noise filter value is too low, e.g. 0.0 the image quality will be very poor. A useful value is 0.01. Using a high value for the noise filter will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool."
msgid "This is the sharpness for the Gaussian convolution. Use this parameter when your blurring is of a Gaussian type. In most cases you should set this parameter to 0, because it causes nasty artifacts. When you use non-zero values, you will probably also have to increase the correlation and/or noise filter parameters."
msgid "This parameter determines the size of the transformation matrix. Increasing the matrix width may give better results, especially when you have chosen large values for circular or Gaussian sharpness."
msgid "<font color='red'><i>Warning: <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG'>JPEG</a> is a lossy image compression format.</i></font>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Chroma subsampling:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "4:4:4 (best quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "4:2:2 (good quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "4:2:0 (low quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "4:1:1 (low quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Chroma subsampling reduces file size by taking advantage of the eye's lesser sensitivity to color resolution. How perceptible the difference is depends on the image - large photos will generally show no difference, while sharp, down-scaled pixel graphics may lose fine color detail.</p>"
"<p><b>4:4:4</b> - No chroma subsampling, highest quality but lowest compression.</p>"
"<p><b>4:2:2</b> - Chroma halved horizontally, average compression, average quality.</p>"
"<p><b>4:2:0</b> - Chroma quartered in 2x2 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p>"
"<p><b>4:1:1</b> - Chroma quartered in 4x1 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p>"
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBFaceVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is to recent.) Please use the more recent version of digiKam that you used before."
"Background color indicates the global image filter status, encompassing all filter settings from the right sidebar.\n"
"\n"
"NO COLOR: no filter is active, all items are visible.\n"
"RED: filtering is on, but no items match.\n"
"GREEN: filter(s) match(es) at least one item.\n"
"\n"
"Move mouse cursor over this text to see more details about active filters.\n"
"Press the Reset button from the right side to clear all filter settings.\n"
"Press the Settings button from the right side to open the filters panel."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset all active filters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Open filter settings panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Text</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Mime Type</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Geolocation</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Rating</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Pick Labels</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Color Labels</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Tags</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "<nobr><b>Active filters:</b></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "<nobr><b>Active filter:</b></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "No active filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "One active filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "1 active filter"
msgid_plural "%1 active filters"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:37
#, kde-format
msgid "No geo filtering"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:38
#, kde-format
msgid "Images with coordinates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Images without coordinates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter by geolocation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Select how geolocation should affect the images which are shown."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:36
#, kde-format
msgid "All Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:37
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Image Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:38
#, kde-format
msgid "No RAW Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid "JPEG Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:40
#, kde-format
msgid "PNG Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid "TIFF Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "DNG Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "RAW Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:44
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:45
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "Audio Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Raster Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter by file type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the file types (MIME types) that you want shown. Note: \"Raster Files\" are formats from raster graphics editors, such as Photoshop, The Gimp, Krita, etc."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the rating value used to filter albums' contents. Use the context pop-up menu to set rating filter conditions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating greater than or equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating less than or equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating Filter Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Greater Than or Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgid "Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgid "Less Than or Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgid "Exclude Items Without Rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Text quick filter (search)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter search patterns to quickly filter this view on item names, captions (comments), and tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Text Search Fields"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Defines which fields to search for the text in."
msgid "Enter the text used to create tags here. '/' can be used to create a hierarchy of tags. ',' can be used to create more than one hierarchy at the same time."
msgid "Enter the Informative Provider Reference here. I.P.R is a name registered with the XMP/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"XMP\" if a standard Reference Code is used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Reference Number here. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by XMP/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 digit code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Matter Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Detail Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatelist.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can see the metadata template list managed by digiKam."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatelist.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Authors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Author Names:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the names of the photograph's creators. Use semi-colons as separator here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This field should contain the names of the persons who created the photograph. If it is not appropriate to add the name of the photographer (for example, if the identity of the photographer needs to be protected) the name of a company or organization can also be used. Once saved, this field should not be changed by anyone. "
"<p>To enter more than one name, use <b>semi-colons as separators</b>.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Authors' Positions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the job titles of the authors here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This field should contain the job titles of the authors. Examples might include titles such as: Staff Photographer, Freelance Photographer, or Independent Commercial Photographer. Since this is a qualifier for the Author field, the Author field must also be filled out.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
"<p>(synonymous to Provider): Use the Provider field to identify who is providing the photograph. This does not necessarily have to be the author. If a photographer is working for a news agency such as Reuters or the Associated Press, these organizations could be listed here as they are \"providing\" the image for use by others. If the image is a stock photograph, then the group (agency) involved in supplying the image should be listed here.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
"In Europe you would use: Copyright {Year} {Copyright owner}, all rights reserved. \n"
"In Japan, for maximum protection, the following three items should appear in the copyright field of the IPTC Core: (a) the word, Copyright; (b) year of the first publication; and (c) name of the author. You may also wish to include the phrase \"all rights reserved\".</p>"
"<p>With XMP, you can include more than one copyright string using different languages.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 128 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Right Usage Terms:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the list of instructions on how a resource can be legally used here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Right Usage Terms field should be used to list instructions on how a resource can be legally used."
"<p>With XMP, you can include more than one right usage terms string using different languages.</p>"
msgid "Enter the original owner of the photograph here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Source field should be used to identify the original owner or copyright holder of the photograph. The value of this field should never be changed after the information is entered following the image's creation. While not yet enforced by the custom panels, you should consider this to be a \"write-once\" field. The source could be an individual, an agency, or a member of an agency. To aid in later searches, it is suggested to separate any slashes \"/\" with a blank space. Use the form \"photographer / agency\" rather than \"photographer/agency.\" Source may also be different from Creator and from the names listed in the Copyright Notice.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:214
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Instructions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the editorial notice here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Instructions field should be used to list editorial instructions concerning the use of photograph.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 256 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgid "Minimal version number required for this binary is %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Find"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid " or <a href=\"%1\">download</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><font color=\"red\"><b>Warning:</b> Some necessary binaries have not been found on your system. If you have these binaries installed, please click the 'Find' button to locate them on your system, otherwise please download and install them to proceed.</font></p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "A development version has been detect. There is no guarantee on the behavior of this binary."
"<para>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</para>"
"<para>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</para>"
"<para>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</para>"
"<para>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</para>"
"<para>For Fuji Super CCD cameras, show the image tilted 45 degrees. For cameras with non-square pixels, do not stretch the image to its correct aspect ratio. In any case, this option guarantees that each output pixel corresponds to one RAW pixel.</para>"
"<para>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AHD v2</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation using Variance of Color Differences method.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AFD</emphasis>: Adaptive Filtered Demosaicing interpolation through 5 pass median filter from PerfectRaw project.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VCD</emphasis>: Variance of Color Differences interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: Mixed demosaicing between VCD and AHD.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>LMMSE</emphasis>: color demosaicing via directional linear minimum mean-square error estimation interpolation from PerfectRaw.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AMaZE</emphasis>: Aliasing Minimization interpolation and Zipper Elimination to apply color aberration removal from RawTherapee project.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
"<para>Note: some methods can be unavailable if RAW decoder have been built without extension packs.</para>"
"<para>Set here the passes used by the median filter applied after interpolation to Red-Green and Blue-Green channels.</para>"
"<para>This setting is only available for specific Quality options: <emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>, and <emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>.</para>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Default D65</emphasis>: Use a standard daylight D65 white balance.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Camera</emphasis>: Use the white balance specified by the camera. If not available, reverts to default neutral white balance.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Automatic</emphasis>: Calculates an automatic white balance averaging the entire image.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Manual</emphasis>: Set a custom temperature and green level values.</item>"
msgid "<para>If enabled, images with overblown channels are processed much more accurately, without 'pink clouds' (and blue highlights under tungsten lamps).</para>"
"<para>Use a specific black point value to decode RAW pictures. If you set this option to off, the Black Point value will be automatically computed.</para>"
"<para>Use a specific white point value to decode RAW pictures. If you set this option to off, the White Point value will be automatically computed.</para>"
"<para>Select here the noise reduction method to apply during RAW decoding.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no noise reduction.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Wavelets</emphasis>: wavelets correction to erase noise while preserving real detail. It is applied after interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>FBDD</emphasis>: Fake Before Demosaicing Denoising noise reduction. It is applied before interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>CFA Line Denoise</emphasis>: Banding noise suppression. It is applied after interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Impulse Denoise</emphasis>: Impulse noise suppression. It is applied after interpolation.</item>"
"<para>If this option is turned on, it will try to shift image channels slightly and evaluate Chromatic Aberration change. Note that if you shot blue-red pattern, the method may fail. In this case, disable this option and tune manually color factors.</para>"
"<para>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (linear)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</item>"
msgid "Here you can switch between fixed font size and font size to be calculated dynamically and adjusted to changing environment (e.g. widget dimensions, paper size)."
"<p><b>Perceptual intent</b> causes the full gamut of the image to be compressed or expanded to fill the gamut of the destination device, so that gray balance is preserved but colorimetric accuracy may not be preserved.</p>"
"<p>In other words, if certain colors in an image fall outside of the range of colors that the output device can render, the image intent will cause all the colors in the image to be adjusted so that the every color in the image falls within the range that can be rendered and so that the relationship between colors is preserved as much as possible.</p>"
"<p>This intent is most suitable for display of photographs and images, and is the default intent.</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Absolute Colorimetric intent</b> causes any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render to be adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged.</p>"
"<p>This intent preserves the white point and is most suitable for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ....)</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Relative Colorimetric intent</b> is defined such that any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render are adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged. Proof intent does not preserve the white point.</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Saturation intent</b> preserves the saturation of colors in the image at the possible expense of hue and lightness.</p>"
"<p>Implementation of this intent remains somewhat problematic, and the ICC is still working on methods to achieve the desired effects.</p>"
"<p>This intent is most suitable for business graphics such as charts, where it is more important that the colors be vivid and contrast well with each other rather than a specific color.</p>"
"<p>This area contains a CIE or chromaticity diagram. A CIE diagram is a representation of all the colors that a person with normal vision can see. This is represented by the colored sail-shaped area. In addition you will see a triangle that is superimposed on the diagram outlined in white. This triangle represents the outer boundaries of the color space of the device that is characterized by the inspected profile. This is called the device gamut.</p>"
"<p>In addition there are black dots and yellow lines on the diagram. Each black dot represents one of the measurement points that were used to create this profile. The yellow line represents the amount that each point is corrected by the profile, and the direction of this correction.</p>"
"<p>The ICC profile path seems to be invalid.</p>"
"<p>If you want to set it now, select \"Yes\", otherwise select \"No\". In this case, \"Color Management\" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue</p>"
msgid "<p><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exif'>EXIF</a> - a standard used by most digital cameras today to store technical information (like aperture and shutter speed) about an image.</p>"
msgid "<p><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC_Information_Interchange_Model'>IPTC</a> - an older standard used in digital photography to store photographer information in images.</p>"
msgid "<p><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extensible_Metadata_Platform'>XMP</a> - a new standard used in digital photography, designed to replace IPTC.</p>"
msgid "This list shows the results for your renaming pattern. Red items indicate a name collision, either because the new name is equal to the current name, or because the name has already been assigned to another item."
msgid "<p>Enter your renaming pattern here. Use the access buttons to quickly add renaming options and modifiers. For further explanation, use the information button.</p>"
msgid "<p>Add a modifier to a renaming option. To activate this button, place the cursor behind a renaming option or an already assigned modifier.</p>"
"<p>This assistant will guide you to create and print a calendar with a selection of images taken from your collection.</p>"
"<p>This tool will also permit to set specific dates on your calendar using external data event files as <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/VCalendar'>vCalendar</a>, and <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Icalendar'>iCalendar</a> formats.</p>"
msgid "Set automatic level selection (maximized) for pyramid blending, i.e. optimize image features (contrast, saturation, . . .) to be as global as possible."
msgid "Set the number of levels for pyramid blending. Balances towards local features (small number) or global features (high number). Additionally, a low number trades off quality of results for faster execution time and lower memory usage."
msgid "Force hard blend masks without averaging on finest scale. This is only useful for focus stacks with thin and high contrast features. It improves sharpness at the expense of increased noise."
msgid "Sets the relative weight of high-contrast pixels. Increasing this weight makes pixels with neighboring differently colored pixels contribute more to the final output. Particularly useful for focus stacks."
msgid "Use Color Appearance Modelling (CIECAM02) to render detailed colors. Your input files should have embedded ICC profiles. If no ICC profile is present, sRGB color space will be assumed. The difference between using this option and default color blending algorithm is very slight, and will be most noticeable when you need to blend areas of different primary colors together."
"<p>This tool fuses bracketed images with different exposure to make pseudo <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_dynamic_range_imaging'>HDR image</a>.</p>"
"<p>It can also be used to <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Focus_stacking'>merge focus bracketed stack</a> to get a single image with increased depth of field.</p>"
"<p>This assistant will help you to configure how to import images before merging them to a single one.</p>"
"<p>Bracketed images must be taken with the same camera, in the same conditions, and if possible using a tripod.</p>"
"<p>For more information, please take a look at <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bracketing'>this page</a></p>"
"<p>Now, we will pre-process bracketed images before fusing them.</p>"
"<p>To perform auto-alignment, the <b>%1</b> program from the <a href='%2'>%3</a> project will be used. Alignment must be performed if you have not used a tripod to take bracketed images. Alignment operations can take a while.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing operations include Raw demosaicing. Raw images will be converted to 16-bit sRGB images with auto-gamma.</p>"
msgid "<p><i>Note:</i> removable media (such as USB drives or DVDs) and remote file systems (such as NFS, or Samba mounted with cifs/smbfs) are supported.</p>"
"<p>Set here if you want to store the information assigned to items in digiKam in the files' metadata, to improve interoperability with other photo management programs:</p>"
"<h1><b>Migrate configuration and metadata from digiKam 4</b></h1>"
"</p>"
"<p>You can choose here if you want to use the configuration and albums from digiKam 4 in new digiKam. Please note the following warnings:</p>"
"<p>Migration is done <b>at your own risk</b>. digiKam developers do not recommend it and do not support it. On the other hand, creating a new configuration might result in loss of tags and other metadata that was not embedded inside the pictures and was only available in digiKam 4's database.</p>"
"<p>In either case you are recommended to backup the configuration files and databases before proceeding.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> using a preview is always faster than using the editor, especially when checking a series of shots. However, you cannot change or fix the image in preview mode. Note that if you want to compare images quickly, it is often better to use the light table: images can be displayed side-by-side, and synchronized zooming and panning can be performed.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> loading a reduced version of an image is faster but can differ from the original, especially with Raw. In this case, a JPEG version of Raw pre-processed by camera is loaded, instead of the real image data. This JPEG image is embedded in the file metadata and is used by the camera to display a Raw image faster to a TV screen.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> the Raw import tool is designed for advanced users who want to have the best control over the image. This requires more time in your workflow.</p>"
"<p>Congratulations. Your minimal setup is done.</p>"
"<p>Remember, you can customize more settings using the digiKam configuration panel. To learn more about the digiKam world, we recommend reading the <b>digiKam handbook</b> using the <b>Help/Handbook</b> menu entry (you need to install the separate digiKam documentation package.) You can also read the manual online from the <a href='http://www.digikam.org/docs'>digikam.org website</a>.</p>"
"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to close this assistant. digiKam will scan your collection to register all albums in the database. Items including in albums are collected after startup stage in background.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> depending on your collection size, this operation can take a while. If you cancel the scanning operation, it will start again in the next digiKam session.</p>"
"<p>When scanning has completed, at next start-up, digiKam will only check your collection to identify new albums - which is much faster. You can force digiKam to scan for new items manually using the <b>Tools->Maintenance->Scan for new items</b> menu entry.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> tooltips show photograph and digiKam metadata on the fly, as the mouse moves over items. This can be useful when selecting items. Tooltips are displayed in the album folder view, album icon view, camera icon view, batch queue list, and thumb bar. From the digiKam configuration dialog, you can customize the contents of these tooltips and the fonts used.</p>"
"<p>You can ignore the following if you use digiKam for the first time:</p>"
"<p><b>Transition from digiKam 4</b></p>"
"<p>Configuration files from digiKam 4 are not migrated. The old database can still be used, you just need to choose the same locations for collections and database in the following dialogs. It is recommended to create a backup of your database before proceeding.</p>"
"<p>The new location for configuration files is %1 (old %2). There are unresolved problems reported when re-using old configuration files, so it is not recommended to do it for the moment, and at your own risk.</p>"
msgid "<b>JPEG output</b>: Using JPEG output, the panorama file will be smaller at the cost of information loss during compression. This is the easiest way to share the result, or print it online or in a shop."
msgid "<b>TIFF output</b>: Using TIFF output, you get the same color depth than your original photos using RAW images at the cost of a bigger panorama file."
msgid "<b>File name template</b>: Set here the base name of the files that will be saved. For example, if your template is <i>panorama</i> and if you chose a JPEG output, then your panorama will be saved with the name <i>panorama.jpg</i>. If you choose to save also the project file, it will have the name <i>panorama.pto</i>."
msgid "<b>Save project file</b>: You can keep the project file generated to stitch your panorama for further tweaking within <a href=\"http://hugin.sourceforge.net/\">Hugin</a> by checking this. This is useful if you want a different projection, modify the horizon or the center of the panorama, or modify the control points to get better results."
"<p><font color=\"orange\"><b>Warning:</b> One or more converted raw files already exists (they will be skipped during the copying process).</font></p>"
"<p>Congratulations. Your images are stitched into a panorama.</p>"
"<p>Your panorama will be created to the directory:<br />"
"<b>%1</b><br />"
"once you press the <i>Finish</i> button, with the name set below.</p>"
"<p>If you choose to save the project file, and if your images were raw images then the converted images used during the stitching process will be copied at the same time (those are TIFF files that can be big).</p>"
msgid "<b>Detect moving skies</b>: During the control points selection and matching, this option discards any points that are associated to a possible cloud. This is useful to prevent moving clouds from altering the control points matching process."
"<p>Now, we will pre-process images before stitching them.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing operations include Raw demosaicing. Raw images will be converted to 16-bit sRGB images with auto-gamma.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing also include a calculation of some control points to match overlaps between images. For that purpose, the <b>%1</b> program from the <a href='%2'>%3</a> project will be used.</p>"
"<p>You can generate quickly a <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Time-lapse_photography'>Time-lapse</a> movie from images</p>"
"<p>captured with a tripod mounted camera controlled with an <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intervalometer#Photography'>intervalometer</a>.</p>"
"<p></p>"
"<p>You can also create a video presentation with transition</p>"
"<p>effects and audio tracks to show on a TV screen.</p>"
msgid "<i>An effect is an visual panning or zooming applied while an image is displayed. The effect duration will follow the number of frames used to render the image on video stream.</i>"
msgid "<i>A transition is an visual effect applied between two images. For some effects, the duration can depend of random values and can change while the slideshow.</i>"
msgid "Please follow the instructions in the browser window. When done, copy the Internet address from your browser into the textbox below and press \"OK\"."
msgid "Please follow the instructions in the browser. After logging in and authorizing the application, copy the code from the browser, paste it in the textbox below, and click OK."
msgid "The textbox is empty, please enter the code from the browser in the textbox. To complete the authentication click \"Change Account\", or \"Start Upload\" to authenticate again."
msgid "Face detection is a time-consuming task. You can choose if you wish to employ all processor cores on your system, or work in the background only on one core. Warning: this features still experimental and it is disabled by default."
msgid "Use this option to restrict the duplicate search with some criteria, as to limit search to the album of reference image, or to exclude the album of reference image of the search."
msgid "Image fingerprints have not yet been generated for your collection. The Similarity Search Tools will not be operational without pre-generated fingerprints. Please generate the fingerprints first."
msgid "Sets the maximum time difference to interpolate GPX file points to image time data. If the time difference exceeds this setting, no match will be attempted."
msgid "Sets the maximum time difference from a GPS track point to the image time to be matched. If the time difference exceeds this setting, no match will be attempted."
"You have enabled writing to sidecar files for metadata storage in the host application, but not for reading. This means that any metadata stored in the sidecar files will be overwritten here.\n"
"Please enable reading of sidecar files in the host application or continue at your own risk."
msgid "<p>Select the profile for your output device (usually, your printer). This profile will be used to do a soft proof, so you will be able to preview how an image will be rendered via an output device.</p>"
msgid "Cannot open the specified working space profile (\"%1\"). No color transformation will be applied. Please check the color management configuration in digiKam's setup."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
"<p>This option maximizes the tonal range in the Red, Green, and Blue channels. It searches the image shadow and highlight limit values and adjusts the Red, Green, and Blue channels to a full histogram range.</p>"
"<p>This option scales brightness values across the active image so that the darkest point becomes black, and the brightest point becomes as bright as possible without altering its hue. This is often a \"magic fix\" for images that are dim or washed out.</p>"
"<p>This option adjusts the brightness of colors across the active image so that the histogram for the value channel is as nearly as possible flat, that is, so that each possible brightness value appears at about the same number of pixels as each other value. Sometimes Equalize works wonderfully at enhancing the contrasts in an image. Other times it gives garbage. It is a very powerful operation, which can either work miracles on an image or destroy it.</p>"
"<p>This option enhances the contrast and brightness of the RGB values of an image by stretching the lowest and highest values to their fullest range, adjusting everything in between.</p>"
"<p>This option enhances the contrast and brightness of the RGB values of an image to calculate optimal exposition and black level using image histogram properties.</p>"
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color of the orange mask of the scanned color negative. It represents white point of the negative, or the darkest black tone of the positive image after inversion. It is also the reference point for applying the film profile."
msgid "If you press this button, the white point is calculated from the image data automatically. This function requires to have some residual orange mask around the exposed area of the negative."
msgid "Move the slider to higher values until maximum brightness is achieved without clipping any color channel. Use the output histogram to evaluate each channel."
msgid "A percent of 0 has no effect, values above 0 represent a factor for mixing the destination color with source color this is done radially i.e. the inner part of the brush radius is totally from source and mixing with destination is done gradually till the outer part of the circle."
"<p>Select the blurring effect to apply to image.</p>"
"<p><b>Zoom Blur</b>: blurs the image along radial lines starting from a specified center point. This simulates the blur of a zooming camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Radial Blur</b>: blurs the image by rotating the pixels around the specified center point. This simulates the blur of a rotating camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Far Blur</b>: blurs the image by using far pixels. This simulates the blur of an unfocalized camera lens.</p>"
"<p><b>Motion Blur</b>: blurs the image by moving the pixels horizontally. This simulates the blur of a linear moving camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Softener Blur</b>: blurs the image softly in dark tones and hardly in light tones. This gives images a dreamy and glossy soft focus effect. It is ideal for creating romantic portraits, glamour photographs, or giving images a warm and subtle glow.</p>"
"<p><b>Shake Blur</b>: blurs the image by shaking randomly the pixels. This simulates the blur of a random moving camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Focus Blur</b>: blurs the image corners to reproduce the astigmatism distortion of a lens.</p>"
"<p><b>Smart Blur</b>: finds the edges of color in your image and blurs them without muddying the rest of the image.</p>"
"<p><b>Frost Glass</b>: blurs the image by randomly disperse light coming through a frosted glass.</p>"
"<p><b>Mosaic</b>: divides the photograph into rectangular cells and then recreates it by filling those cells with average pixel value.</p>"
"<p>Note: if you have previously selected an area in the editor, this will be unaffected by the filter. You can use this method to disable the Raindrops effect on a human face, for example.</p>"
msgid "Click on this button to draw zones marking which areas of the image are less important. These zones will be deleted when reducing the picture, or duplicated when enlarging the picture."
msgid "Use this value to give a negative bias to the seams which are not straight. May be useful to prevent distortions in some situations, or to avoid artifacts from pixel skipping (it is better to use low values in such case). This setting applies to the whole selected layer if no rigidity mask is used. Note: the bias is proportional to the difference in the transversal coordinate between each two successive points, elevated to the power of 1.5, and summed up for the whole seam."
msgid "This option lets you choose the maximum transversal step that the pixels in the seams can take. In the standard algorithm, corresponding to the default value step = 1, each pixel in a seam can be shifted by at most one pixel with respect to its neighbors. This implies that the seams can form an angle of at most 45 degrees with respect to their base line. Increasing the step value lets you overcome this limit, but may lead to the introduction of artifacts. In order to balance the situation, you can use the rigidity setting."
msgid "During the carving process, at each step the optimal seam to be carved is chosen based on the relevance value for each pixel. However, in the case where two seams are equivalent (which may happen, for instance, when large portions of the image have the same color), the algorithm always chooses the seams from one side. In some cases, this can pose problems, e.g. an object centered in the original image might not be centered in the resulting image. In order to overcome this effect, this setting allows the favored side to be switched automatically during rescaling, at the cost of slightly worse performance."
msgid "This is the free rotation operation preview. If you move the mouse cursor on this preview, a vertical and horizontal dashed line will be drawn to guide you in adjusting the free rotation correction. Release the left mouse button to freeze the dashed line's position."
msgid "This is the perspective transformation operation preview. You can use the mouse for dragging the corner to adjust the perspective transformation area."
"<p>Select your constrained aspect ratio for cropping. Aspect Ratio Crop tool uses a relative ratio. That means it is the same if you use centimeters or inches and it does not specify the physical size.</p>"
"<p>You can see below a correspondence list of traditional photographic paper sizes and aspect ratio crop:</p>"
"<p><b>8:5</b>: common wide-screen monitor (as 1680x1050)</p>"
"<p><b>2:1</b>, <b>3:1</b>, <b>4:1</b>: common panoramic sizes</p>"
"<p><b>16:9</b>: common tv-screen (as HDTV or Full-HD)</p>"
"<p>The <b>Golden Ratio</b> is 1:1.618. A composition following this rule is considered visually harmonious but can be unadapted to print on standard photographic paper.</p>"
"<p>The <b>Current Aspect Ratio</b> takes aspect ratio from the currently opened image.</p>"
msgid "This is the shear operation preview. If you move the mouse cursor on this preview, a vertical and horizontal dashed line will be drawn to guide you in adjusting the shear correction. Release the left mouse button to freeze the dashed line's position."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split vertically. A contiguous area of the image will be shown, with one half from the original image, the other half from the target image."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split horizontally. A contiguous area of the image will be shown, with one half from the original image, the other half from the target image."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split vertically. The same part of the original and the target image will be shown side by side."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split horizontally. The same part of the original and the target image will be shown side by side."
msgid "For more information about the <b>Mounted Camera</b> driver, please read the <b>Supported Digital Still Cameras</b> section in the digiKam manual."
msgid "Set how digiKam will rename files as they are downloaded."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "File Renaming Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Auto-creation of Albums"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgid "On the Fly Operations (JPEG only)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgid "DNG Convert Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Cancel process"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Information about camera"
msgid "Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:298
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Capture photo from camera"
msgid "Capture"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:310
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:326
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Invert Selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:334
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select New Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select Locked Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:349
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:354
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:361
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:368
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:384
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:399
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Upload..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:407
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Toggle Lock"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:415
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Mark as downloaded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:422
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:427
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:449
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Views"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:460
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action View the selected image"
msgid "Preview Item"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:480
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "&Sort Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:481
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The value by which the items are sorted in the thumbnail view"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:487
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:488
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:489
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:491
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Download State"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:512
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:inmenu"
msgid "Item Sorting &Order"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Defines whether items are sorted in ascending or descending manner."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Sorting Order"
msgid "Ascending"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:519
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Sorting Order"
msgid "Descending"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:531
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "&Group Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:532
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The categories in which the items in the thumbnail view are displayed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:538
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "Flat List"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:539
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:540
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:569
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Fit to &Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:574
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Zoom to 100%"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:592
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Show History"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:598
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Show Thumbbar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:623
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:853
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Previous Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:630
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Connection failed, try again?"
msgid "Retry"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:842
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Exit Preview Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:847
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Next Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:859
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Go to first image"
msgid "First Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:864
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Go to last image"
msgid "Last Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:946
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Canceling current operation, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1003
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Do you want to close the dialog and cancel the current operation?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1013
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Disconnecting from camera, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1055
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Scanning for new files, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1094
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Ready"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1150
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Failed to connect to the camera. Please make sure it is connected properly and turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1240
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Select Image to Upload"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1274
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"There is not enough free space on the Camera Medium to upload pictures.\n"
"\n"
"Space require: %1\n"
"Available free space: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1328
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<qt>Camera Folder <resource>%1</resource> already contains the item <resource>%2</resource>.<br/>"
"Please enter a new filename (without extension):</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1332
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "File already exists"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1398
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Your custom target album date format is not valid. Please check your settings..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1438
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Collection which host your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1447
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1472
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "<p>Please select the destination album from the digiKam library to import the camera pictures into.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1563
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info Popup notification"
msgid "Images download finished, you can now detach your camera while the images will be auto-rotated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1570
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info Popup notification"
msgid "Images download finished"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1960
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "The items listed below are locked by camera (read-only). These items will not be deleted. If you really want to delete these items, please unlock them and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1971
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "About to delete this image. <b>Deleted file is unrecoverable.</b> Are you sure?"
msgid_plural "About to delete these %1 images. <b>Deleted files are unrecoverable.</b> Are you sure?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2022
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Insufficient Disk Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2023
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"There is not enough free space on the disk of the album you selected to download and process the selected pictures from the camera.\n"
"\n"
"Estimated space required: %1\n"
"Available free space: %2\n"
"\n"
"Try Anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2333
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2359
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "No item selected (%1 item)"
msgid_plural "No item selected (%1 items)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2351
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status Filename of first selected item of number of items"
msgid "<b>%1</b> (%2 of %3)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2369
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "%2/%1 item selected"
msgid_plural "%2/%1 items selected"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2446
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "A file with the same name (<b>%1</b>) already exists in folder <resource>%2</resource>."
msgid "Enable this option to set date and time metadata tags to the right values if your camera does not set these tags correctly when pictures are taken. The values will be saved in the DateTimeDigitized and DateTimeCreated EXIF, XMP, and IPTC tags."
msgid "Enable this option to automatically convert all JPEG files to a lossless image format. <b>Note:</b> Image conversion can take a while on a slow computer."
"<p>These expressions may be used to customize date format:</p>"
"<p><b>d</b>: The day as a number without a leading zero (1 to 31)</p>"
"<p><b>dd</b>: The day as a number with a leading zero (01 to 31)</p>"
"<p><b>ddd</b>: The abbreviated localized day name (e.g. 'Mon' to 'Sun')</p>"
"<p><b>dddd</b>: The long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday' to 'Sunday').</p>"
"<p><b>M</b>: The month as a number without a leading zero (1 to 12)</p>"
"<p><b>MM</b>: The month as a number with a leading zero (01 to 12)</p>"
"<p><b>MMM</b>: The abbreviated localized month name (e.g. 'Jan' to 'Dec')</p>"
"<p><b>MMMM</b>: The long localized month name (e.g. 'January' to 'December')</p>"
"<p><b>yy</b>: The year as two digit number (eg. 00 to 99)</p>"
"<p><b>yyyy</b>: The year as four digit number (eg. 2012)</p>"
"<p>All other input characters will be treated as text. Any sequence of characters that are enclosed in singlequotes will be treated as text and not be used as an expression. Examples, if date is 20 July 1969:"
"<p>"
"<p><b>dd.MM.yyyy</b> : 20.07.1969</p>"
"<p><b>ddd MMMM d yy</b> : Sun July 20 69</p>"
"<p><b>'Photo shot on ' dddd</b> : Photo shot on Sunday</p>"
msgid "Enable this option if you want to download your pictures into automatically created file extension-based sub-albums of the destination album. This way, you can separate JPEG and RAW files as they are downloaded from your camera."
"The media server permit to share items through the local network using <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance'>DLNA</a> standard and <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universal_Plug_and_Play'>UPNP</a> protocol. Many kind of electronic devices can support DLNA, as tablets, cellulars, TV, etc.<br/>"
"Note: depending of the network features and the configuration, the delay to discover the server on client devices can take a while."
msgid "<b>Note: <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EXIF'>EXIF</a></b> text tags marked by (*) only support printable <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> characters.</b>"
msgid "Set here the date and time when the original image data was generated. For a digital still camera the date and time the picture was taken are recorded."
msgid "Set here the date and time when the image was stored as digital data. If, for example, an image was captured by a digital still camera and at the same time the file was recorded, then Original and Digitization date and time will have the same contents."
msgid "<b>Warning: EXIF <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format#MakerNote_data'>Makernotes</a></b> can be unreadable if you set wrong device manufacturer/model description.</b>"
msgid "Select here the mode used by the camera to set exposure when the picture was taken. In auto-bracketing mode, the camera shoots a series of frames of the same scene at different exposure settings."
msgid "Set here the flash energy used to take the picture in BCPS units. Beam Candle Power Seconds is the measure of effective intensity of a light source when it is focused into a beam by a reflector or lens. This value is the effective intensity for a period of one second."
msgid "<b>Note: <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC_Information_Interchange_Model'>IPTC</a></b> text tags only support the printable <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> characters and limit string sizes. Use contextual help for details.</b>"
msgid "Enter here the Informative Provider Reference. I.P.R is a name registered with the IPTC/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"IPTC\" if a standard Reference Code is used. This field is limited to 32 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Reference Number. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by IPTC/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 ASCII digit code."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Matter Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Detail Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Informative Provider Reference. I.P.R is a name registered with the XMP/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"XMP\" if a standard Reference Code is used."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Reference Number. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by XMP/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 digit code."
msgid "Enter script for execution. Use $INPUT and $OUTPUT for input / output filenames (with special characters escaped). These would be substituted before shell execution."
msgid "When you choose to have the watermark repeated randomly, many times in the placement combo box, you can specify here whether the repetition, you can check this to make the watermark rotations random also [0, 90, 180, 270]"
msgid "Use this to get more control over the sparsity of watermark repetition. The higher the value the sparser the watermarks get. Use floating point values, typically between 1.0 and 3.0. It can also be less than 1.0"
msgid "If you have a photo in your set with a clock or another external time source on it, you can load it here and set the indicator to the (date and) time displayed. The difference of your internal camera clock will be determined from this setting."
msgid "Set this option to show the file modification date below the image thumbnail if it is different than camera creation date. This option is useful to identify quickly which items have been modified."
"Set this option to render icon-view with large thumbnail size, for example in case of 4K monitor is used.\n"
"By default this option is turned off and the maximum thumbnail size is limited to 256x256 pixels. When this option is enabled, thumbnail size can be extended to 512x512 pixels.\n"
"This option will store more data in thumbnail database and will use more system memory. digiKam needs to be restarted to take effect, and Rebuild Thumbnails option from Maintenance tool needs to be processed over whole collections."
msgid "This option changes the size in which thumbnails are generated. You need to restart digiKam for this option to take effect. Furthermore, you need to regenerate all already stored thumbnails via the <interface>Tools / Maintenance</interface> menu."
"<p>digiKam attempts to support all of the image formats that digital cameras produce, while being able to handle a few other important video and audio formats.</p>"
" "
"<p>You can add to the already-appreciable list of formats that digiKam handles by adding the extension of the type you want to add. Multiple extensions need to be separated by a semicolon or space.</p>"
"<p><b><u>Note:</u> changes done in this view will perform a database rescan in the background.</b></p>"
"<p>Here you can add the extensions of image files (including RAW files) to be displayed in the Album view. Just put \"xyz abc\" to display files with the xyz and abc extensions in your Album view.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are shown by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-gif\" would remove all GIF files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
"<p>Here you can add extra extensions of video files to be displayed in your Album view. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. Clicking on these files will play them in an embedded video player.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are supported by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-avi\" would remove all AVI files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
"<p>Here you can add extra extensions of audio files to be displayed in your Album view. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. Clicking on these files will play them in an embedded audio player.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are supported by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-ogg\" would remove all OGG files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter additional audio file extensions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen to remove the following image formats from the list of supported formats: <b>%1</b>.</p>"
"<p>These are very common formats. If you have images in your collection with these formats, they will be removed from the database and you will lose all information about them, including rating and tags.</p>"
"<p>Are you sure you want to apply your changes and lose the support for these formats?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as images and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as video files and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as audio files and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/camera/cameralist.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to auto-detect camera; please make sure it is connected properly and is turned on. Would you like to try again?"
"<p>Set this option to load images at their full size for preview, rather than at a reduced size. As this option will make it take longer to load images, only use it if you have a fast computer.</p>"
"<p><b>Note:</b> for Raw images, a half size version of the Raw data is used instead of the embedded JPEG preview.</p>"
msgid "If this option is enabled, over- and under-exposure indicators will be displayed only when pure white and pure black color matches, as all color components match the condition in the same time. Otherwise, indicators are turned on when one of the color components matches the condition."
"<para><interface>Non-Destructive Editing and Versioning</interface> allows different versions of an image to be created, whilst always preserving the original image.</para>"
" "
"<para> All steps of the editing history are recorded and can be accessed later.</para>"
"<para>Select the file format in which edited images are saved automatically. Format-specific options, like compression settings, can be configured on the <interface>Format Options</interface> tab.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>JPEG</emphasis>: JPEG is the most commonly used file format, but it employs lossy compression, which means that with each saving operation some image information will be irreversibly lost. JPEG offers a good compression rate, resulting in smaller files. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PNG</emphasis>: A widely used format employing lossless compression. The files, though, will be larger because PNG does not achieve very good compression rates.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>TIFF</emphasis>: A commonly used format, usually uncompressed or with modest lossless compression. Resulting files will be large, but without quality loss due to compression. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PGF</emphasis>: This is a technically superior file format offering good compression rates with either lossy or lossless compression. But it is not yet widely used and supported, so your friends may not directly be able to open these files, and you may not be able to directly publish them on the web. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>JPEG 2000</emphasis>: JPEG 2000 is similar to PGF. Loading or saving is slower, the compression rate is better, and the format more widely supported, though still not comparable to the tradition formats JPEG, PNG or TIFF. </item>"
"<para>First and foremost, the <emphasis>original image will never be overwritten.</emphasis> Instead, when an image is edited, a new file is created: The <interface>current version</interface>.</para>"
" "
"<para>You can also create multiple <interface>versions</interface> deriving from the same <interface>original image</interface>.</para>"
" "
"<para>In addition to these files representing a current version, digiKam can take and keep additional, <interface>intermediate snapshots</interface> during the editing process. This can be useful if you want to preserve the intermediate steps for later access, for example if some editing steps cannot be automatically reproduced.</para>"
"<para>If an image has been edited, only the <interface>current versions</interface> will be shown in the main thumbnail view. From the <interface>right sidebar</interface>, you always have access to all hidden files.</para>"
" "
"<para>With the options here, you can choose to show certain files permanently.</para>"
"<para>In addition to the pixel content, image files usually contain a variety of metadata. A lot of the parameters you can use in digiKam to manage files, such as rating or comment, can be written to the files' metadata.</para>"
" "
"<para>Storing in metadata allows one to preserve this information when moving or sending the files to different systems.</para>"
msgid "Instead of synchronizing metadata, just schedule it for synchronization.Synchronization can be done later by triggering the apply pending, or at digikam exit"
msgid "Turn on this option to write metadata into RAW TIFF/EP files. This feature requires the Exiv2 shared library, version >= 0.18.0. It is still experimental, and is disabled by default."
msgid "Turn off this option to not update file timestamps when files are changed as when you update metadata or image data. Note: disabling this option can introduce some dysfunctions with applications which use file timestamps properties to detect file modifications automatically."
msgid "Turning this option on, will force digiKam to rescan files that has been modified outside digiKam. If a file has changed it is file size or if the last modified timestamp has changed, a rescan of that file will be performed when digiKam starts."
" You can change the contents, rearranging the individual pixels of the image data.<nl/>"
" Or you can set a flag that the file is to be rotated before it is shown.</para>"
" "
"<para>Select this option if you always want to set only a flag. This is less obtrusive, but requires support if the file is accessed with another software. Ensure to allow setting the flag in the metadata if you want to share your files outside digiKam.</para>"
" You can change the contents, rearranging the individual pixels of the image data.<nl/>"
" Or you can set a flag that the file is to be rotated before it is shown.</para>"
" "
"<para>Select this option if you want the file to be rotated by changing the content. This is a lossless operation for JPEG files. For other formats it is a lossy operation, which you need to enable explicitly. It is not support for RAW and other read-only formats, which will be rotated by flag only.</para>"
msgid "For some file formats which apply lossy compression, data will be lost each time the content is rotated. Check this option to allow lossy rotation. If not enabled, these files will be rotated by flag."
msgid "<b>Note: These settings affect the album view and not the image editor. The image editor always changes the image data during the rotation.</b>"
msgid "Turn on this option if you want to apply changes to rating, comments and tags made in Baloo to digiKam's metadata storage. Please note that image metadata will not be edited automatically."
"<p><a href='http://community.kde.org/Baloo'>Baloo</a> provides the basis to handle all kinds of metadata on the KDE desktop in a generic fashion. It allows you to tag, rate and comment your files in KDE applications like Dolphin.</p>"
" "
"<p>Please set here if you want to synchronize the metadata stored by digiKam desktop-wide with the Baloo Desktop Search.</p>"
"<p>Add file types to be recognised as sidecars.</p>"
"<p>digiKam (optionally) writes metadata to *.xmp sidecar files. Other programs might use different types, which can be specified below. digiKam will neither display these nor read from or write to them. But whenever a matching album item (e.g. \"image.dng\" for \"image.dng.pp3\") is renamed, moved, copied or deleted, the same operation will be done on these sidecar files.</p>"
"<p>Multiple extensions must be separated by a semicolon or a space.</p>"
msgid "<p>Here you can add extra extensions of sidecars files to be processed alongside regular items. These files will not be visible, but regarded as an extension of the main file. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. The internally used sidecars type *.xmp is always included.</p>"
msgid "Switching off exif auto rotation will most probably show your images in a wrong orientation, so only change this option if you explicitly require this. Furthermore, you need to regenerate all already stored thumbnails via the <interface>Tools / Maintenance</interface> menu."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid "Database"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Database Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize database settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Collections"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Collections Settings<br/>"
"<i>Set root albums locations</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Application Views Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize the look of the views</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Tool-Tip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize information in item tool-tips</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Templates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Metadata templates<br/>"
"<i>Manage your collection of metadata templates</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Image Editor Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize the image editor settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Settings for Color Management<br/>"
"<i>Customize the color management settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Light Table Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize tool used to compare images</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Image Quality Sorter Settings<br/>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Camera Settings<br/>"
"<i>Manage your camera devices</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize behavior of the other parts of digiKam</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The Exif auto-rotate thumbnails option has been changed.\n"
"Do you want to rebuild all albums' items' thumbnails now?\n"
"\n"
"Note: thumbnail processing can take a while. You can start this job later from the \"Tools-Maintenance\" menu."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Database Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Set the names of directories that you want to ignore from your photo collections. The names are case sensitive and should be separated by a semicolon.</p>"
"<p>This is for example useful when you store your photos on a Synology NAS (Network Attached Storage). In every directory the system creates a subdirectory @eaDir to store thumbnails. To avoid digiKam inserting the original photo and its corresponding thumbnail twice, @eaDir is ignored by default.</p>"
"<p>To re-include directories that are ignored by default prefix it with a minus, e.g. -@eaDir.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Additional directories to ignore (<a href='image'>Currently ignored directories</a>):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter directories that you want to ignore from adding to your collections."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Ignored Directories"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<p>The process of updating the file hashes takes a few minutes.</p>"
" "
"<p>Please ensure that any important collections on removable media are connected. <i>After the upgrade you cannot use your database with a digiKam version prior to 2.0.</i></p>"
" "
"<p>Do you want to begin the update?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Updates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button"
msgid "Update File Hashes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid ""
"<qt>File hashes are used to identify identical files and to display thumbnails. A new, improved algorithm to create the hash is now used. The old algorithm, though, still works quite well, so it is recommended to carry out this upgrade, but not required.<br>"
" After the upgrade you cannot use your database with a digiKam version prior to 2.0.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Get information about <interface>Update File Hashes</interface>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Directories starting with a dot are ignored by default.<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Color Management"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Checked: Color Management is enabled</li>"
"<li>Unchecked: Color Management is disabled</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Visit Little CMS project website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "Working Color Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This is the color space all the images will be converted to when opened (if you choose to convert) and the profile that will be embedded when saving. Good and safe choices are <b>Adobe RGB (1998)</b> and <b>sRGB IEC61966-2.1</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected workspace profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgid "When the profile of an image does not match the working color space"
msgid "<p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will ask if you want to convert to the working space, keep the embedded profile or discard the embedded profile and assign a different one.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert the image to the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will convert the image's color information to the working color space. This changes the pixel data, but not the appearance of the image.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "When an image has no color profile information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If an image has no embedded color profile, digiKam will ask which color space shall be used to interpret the image and to which color space it shall be transformed for editing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgid "Assume it is using the sRGB color space (Internet standard)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgid "and convert it to the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "Assume it is using the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert it from default input color space to working space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "When loading a RAW file with uncalibrated colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask for the input profile"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:326
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatic color correction"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert it from the default input profile"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid "Color Managed View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:360
#, kde-format
msgid "Monitor profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:364
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Select the color profile for your monitor here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:368
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected monitor profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:372
#, kde-format
msgid "Use color managed view in editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Turn on this option if you want to use your <b>Monitor Color Profile</b> to show your pictures in the Image Editor window with a color correction adapted to your monitor. You can at any time toggle this option from the Editor window. <i>Warning</i>: This can slow down rendering of the image, depending on the speed of your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:380
#, kde-format
msgid "Use color managed view for previews and thumbnails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera and Scanner"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:400
#, kde-format
msgid "Default input color profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:402
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This is the default color profile for your input device (that is your camera - or your scanner). A camera input profile is recommended for correct conversion of RAW images in 16bit. Some of the options about loading behavior above refer to this profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:409
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected input profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgid "Printing and Proofing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:425
#, kde-format
msgid "Output device profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:434
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected proofing profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:445
#, kde-format
msgid "Color Profiles Repository"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:450
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam looks for ICC profiles in a number of <a href='default'>default locations</a>. You can specify an additional folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:458
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>digiKam searches ICC profiles in default system folders and ships itself a few selected profiles. Store all your additional color profiles in the directory set here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:481
#, kde-format
msgid "Use black point compensation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>Black Point Compensation</b> is a way to make adjustments between the maximum black levels of digital files and the black capabilities of various digital devices.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:488
#, kde-format
msgid "Rendering Intents:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:504
#, kde-format
msgid "Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:698
#, kde-format
msgid "Monitor Profile From System Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:730
#, kde-format
msgid "No ICC profiles files found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:745
#, kde-format
msgid "No Display Profile Available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:747
#, kde-format
msgid "No Output Profile Available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:877
#, kde-format
msgctxt "none of the paths"
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:886
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Windows, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>%1/Windows/Spool/Drivers/Color/</li>"
"<li>%2/Windows/Color/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
"<ul>"
"<li>%3</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:900
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Mac OS X, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>/System/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>~/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>/opt/local/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>/opt/digikam/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/color/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.color/icc/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
"<ul>"
"<li>%1</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:917
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Linux, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>/usr/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>/usr/local/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/color/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.color/icc/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
msgid "Set this option to automatically synchronize zooming and panning between left and right panels if the images have the same size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Selecting a thumbbar item loads the image to the right panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to automatically load an image into the right panel when the corresponding item is selected on the thumbbar."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear the light table on close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to remove all images from the light table when you close it, or unset it to preserve the images currently on the light table."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "String comparison type:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgctxt "method to compare strings"
msgid "Natural"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgctxt "method to compare strings"
msgid "Normal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Sets the way in which strings are compared inside digiKam. This eg. influences the sorting of the tree views.<br/>"
"<b>Natural</b> tries to compare strings in a way that regards some normal conventions and will eg. result in sorting numbers naturally even if they have a different number of digits.<br/>"
"<b>Normal</b> uses a more technical approach. Use this style if you eg. want to entitle albums with ISO dates (201006 or 20090523) and the albums should be sorted according to these dates.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm when moving items to the &trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm when permanently deleting items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not confirm when applying changes in the &right sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "&Scan for new items at startup (makes startup slower)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Set this option to force digiKam to scan all collections for new items to\n"
"register new elements in database. The scan is performed in the background through\n"
"the progress manager available in the statusbar\n"
" when digiKam main interface\n"
"is loaded. If your computer is fast enough, this will have no effect on usability\n"
"of digiKam while scanning. If your collections are huge or if you use a remote database,\n"
"this can introduce low latency, and it is recommended to disable this option and to plan\n"
"a manual scan through the maintenance tool at the right moment."
"Set this option to force digiKam to clean up the core database from obsolete item entries.\n"
"Entries are only deleted if the connected image/video/audio file was already removed, i.e.\n"
"the database object wastes space.\n"
"This option does not clean up other databases as the thumbnails or recognition db.\n"
"For clean up routines for other databases, please use the maintenance."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw frames around grouped items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Show only face tags for assigning names in people sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "Lower bound for minimum similarity:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the lower bound of the minimum similarity threshold for fuzzy and duplicates searches. The default value is 40. Selecting a lower value than 40 can make the search <b>really</b> slow."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to configure how sidebar tab titles are visible. Use \"Only For Active Tab\" option if you use a small screen resolution as with a laptop computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Behaviour"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform the following operations on all group members:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"When images are grouped the following operations<br/>"
"are performed only on the displayed item (No)<br/>"
"or on all the hidden items in the group as well (Yes).<br/>"
"If Ask is selected, there will be a prompt every<br/>"
"time this operation is executed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:339
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Grouping"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Delay between images:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "The delay, in seconds, between images."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Start with current image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "If this option is enabled, the Slideshow will be started with the current image selected in the images list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Slideshow runs in a loop"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Run the slideshow in a loop."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Show progress indicator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Show a progress indicator with pending items to show and time progression."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image file name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image file name at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image creation date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image creation time/date at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera aperture and focal length at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera exposure and sensitivity at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera make and model at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image caption at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image title at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image caption if it has not title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image caption at the bottom of the screen if no titles existed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the digiKam image tag names at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image labels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the digiKam image color label, pick label, and rating at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Screen placement:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "In case of multi-screen computer, select here the monitor to slide contents."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox The current screen, for the presentation mode"
msgid "Current Screen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox The default screen for the presentation mode"
msgid "Default Screen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox %1 is the screen number (0, 1, ...)"
msgid "Screen %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Template Title:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the metadata template title here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Enter the metadata template title here. This title will be used to identify a template in your collection.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Note: These information are used to set <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extensible_Metadata_Platform'>XMP</a></b> and <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC'>IPTC</a></b> tag contents. There is no limitation with XMP, but note that IPTC text tags only support the printable <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> character set, and tag sizes are limited. Use contextual help for details.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:244
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot register new metadata template without title."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "A metadata template named '%1' already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Tool-Tips Font:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the font used to display text in tool-tips."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "Show icon-view and thumb-bar items' tool-tips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display image information when the mouse hovers over an icon-view or thumb-bar item."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgid "File/Item Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "File name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "File date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "File size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "Image type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Image dimensions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgid "Image aspect ratio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image aspect ratio."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:243
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:423
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera make and model"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:254
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:431
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera aperture and focal length"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:258
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera exposure and sensitivity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera mode and program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:266
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:439
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera flash settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:270
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:443
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera white balance settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:290
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:363
#, kde-format
msgid "Album name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:291
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:364
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "Image title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image title."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Image caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image captions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:299
#, kde-format
msgid "Image tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:300
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image tags."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Image labels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:303
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image pick, color, rating labels."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid "Audio/Video Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Aspect Ratio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:319
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:334
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Aspect Ratio of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Audio Bit Rate of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Audio Channel Type of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Audio Codec of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Duration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Duration of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:333
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Frame Rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:337
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Codec of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "Show album items' tool-tips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:358
#, kde-format
msgid "Album Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:360
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display album information when the mouse hovers over a folder-view item."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:366
#, kde-format
msgid "Album date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:367
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:369
#, kde-format
msgid "Album collection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:370
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album collection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:372
#, kde-format
msgid "Album category"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album category."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:375
#, kde-format
msgid "Album caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album caption."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:378
#, kde-format
msgid "Album preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:379
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album preview."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "Show import items' tool-tips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:399
#, kde-format
msgid "Import Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgid "Item name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:405
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:407
#, kde-format
msgid "Item date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgid "Item size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:411
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgid "Item type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item type."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:416
#, kde-format
msgid "Item dimensions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:417
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item dimensions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgid "Note: these settings require \"Use File Metadata\" option from Camera Setup Behavior page."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:470
#, kde-format
msgid "Icon Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:471
#, kde-format
msgid "Album Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:472
#, kde-format
msgid "Import Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slideend.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Slideshow Completed.\n"
"Click To Exit\n"
"or press ESC..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slideerror.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"An error has occurred to show item\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slidehelp.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Slideshow Usage"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slidehelp.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<table>"
"<tr>"
"<td colspan=\"2\"><nobr>"
"<center><b>"
"<h1>Item Access</h1>"
"</b></center>"
"</nobr></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Previous Item:</td>"
"<td><i>Up</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>PgUp</i> key</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>Left</i> key</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Mouse wheel up</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Left mouse button</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Next Item:</td>"
"<td><i>Down</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>PgDown</i> key</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>Right</i> key</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Mouse wheel down</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Right mouse button</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Pause/Start:</td>"
"<td><i>Space</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Quit:</td>"
"<td><i>Esc</i> key"
"<td></tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td colspan=\"2\"><nobr>"
"<center><b>"
"<h1>Item Properties</h1>"
"</b></center>"
"</nobr></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Tags:</td>"
"<td>Use Tags keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Rating:</td>"
"<td>Use Rating keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Color Label:</td>"
"<td>Use Color label keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Pick Label:</td>"
"<td>Use Pick label keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td colspan=\"2\"><nobr>"
"<center><b>"
"<h1>Others</h1>"
"</b></center>"
"</nobr></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Show this help:</td>"
"<td><i>F1</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"</table>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slideshow.cpp:514
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Reason for inhibiting the screensaver activation, when the presentation mode is active"
msgid "Cannot load WinTab driver and no Windows Ink pen devices are found. If you have a drawing tablet, please make sure the tablet driver is properly installed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: krita/main.cc:343
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot load WinTab driver. If you have a drawing tablet, please make sure the tablet driver is properly installed."
msgid "Adds pixels using the color of surrounding pixels. Produces smoother tonal gradations than Bilinear."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Nearest Neighbor"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Box"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Replicate pixels in the image. Preserves all the original detail, but can produce jagged effects."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:115
#: libs/ui/canvas/kis_canvas_controller.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Bilinear"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Adds pixels averaging the color values of surrounding pixels. Produces medium quality results when the image is scaled from half to two times the original size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Bell"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:142
#, kde-format
msgid "BSpline"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:153
#, kde-format
msgid "Lanczos3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Offers similar results than Bicubic, but maybe a little bit sharper. Can produce light and dark halos along strong edges."
msgid "This merge strategy attempts to find the best solution for merging, for instance by merging the list of authors together, or keeping identical photographic information."
msgid "This image is larger than <b>%1 x %2</b>. Images this size cannot be saved to this format."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelCheck.h:44
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The color model <b>%1</b> or channel depth <b>%2</b> cannot be saved to this format. Your image will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelHomogenousCheck.h:125
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "Your image contains layers with a color model that is different from the image. The layers will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelPerLayerCheck.h:129
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "Your image contains layers with the color model <b>%1</b> and channel depth <b>%2</b> which cannot be saved to this format. The layers will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/CompositionsCheck.h:36
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>compositions</b>. The compositions will not be saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ExifCheck.h:40
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>Exif</b> metadata. The metadata will not be saved."
"<p><i>Thanks! You were all <b>awesome</b>!</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Backers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Thanks To</h1>"
"<p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid ""
".</p>"
"<p><i>For supporting Krita development with advice, icons, brush sets and more.</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Also Thanks To"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\"><b>Your Rights</b></h1>"
"<p>Krita is released under the GNU General Public License (version 2 or any later version).</p>"
"<p>This license grants people a number of freedoms:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li>You are free to use Krita, for any purpose</li>"
"<li>You are free to distribute Krita</li>"
"<li>You can study how Krita works and change it</li>"
"<li>You can distribute changed versions of Krita</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>The Krita Foundation and its projects on krita.org are <b>committed</b> to preserving Krita as free software.</p>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Your artwork</h1>"
"<p>What you create with Krita is your sole property. All your artwork is free for you to use as you like.</p>"
"<p>That means that Krita can be used commercially, for any purpose. There are no restrictions whatsoever.</p>"
"<p>Krita’s GNU GPL license guarantees you this freedom. Nobody is ever permitted to take it away, in contrast to trial or educational versions of commercial software that will forbid your work in commercial situations.</p>"
"<br/>"
"<hr/>"
"<pre>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\"><b>Your Rights</h1>"
"<p>Krita is released under the GNU General Public License (version 2 or any later version).</p>"
"<p>This license grants people a number of freedoms:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li>You are free to use Krita, for any purpose</li>"
"<li>You are free to distribute Krita</li>"
"<li>You can study how Krita works and change it</li>"
"<li>You can distribute changed versions of Krita</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>The Krita Foundation and its projects on krita.org are <b>committed</b> to preserving Krita as free software.</p>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Your artwork</h1>"
"<p>What you create with Krita is your sole property. All your artwork is free for you to use as you like.</p>"
"<p>That means that Krita can be used commercially, for any purpose. There are no restrictions whatsoever.</p>"
"<p>Krita’s GNU GPL license guarantees you this freedom. Nobody is ever permitted to take it away, in contrast to trial or educational versions of commercial software that will forbid your work in commercial situations.</p>"
msgid "The image data you want to paste does not have an ICM profile associated with it. If you do not select a profile, Krita will assume that the image data is encoded in the import profile defined in the Settings dialog."
msgid "Hue hopefully maintained (but not required), lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain the perceived color. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for images."
msgid "Hue and saturation maintained with lightness sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for business graphics (make it colorful charts, graphs, overheads, ...)"
msgid "Within the destination device gamut; hue, lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained, saturation is sacrificed. White point for source and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ...)"
"<p><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space\"><span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline; color:#006e28;\">Color Spaces</span></a> determine how colors are encoded in your files. Different color spaces have different properties and are used for different purposes.</p>"
"<p>Try to disable vsync for Krita. This makes painting more responsive. Uncheck only when experiencing crashes with some GPU/driver combinations.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Note:</span> This changes only the colorspace of the rendered image. To convert the colorspace of the layers, use Convert Image Colorspace.</p>"
"<p>Set how much you wish to correct the adaptation state. This will affect how <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Absolute Colorimetric</span> changes the whites of your image. In Layman's terms: how much do you wish to have the color management correct the paper-color to screen white while using <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Absolute Colorimetric</span>?</p>"
"<p>Black Point compensation matches the darkest color of the source device to the darkest color of the destination device. Relative Colorimetric without Black Point Compensation will show the difference between the darkest values. With blackpoint compensation, black is black.</p>"
"<p>When rendering animation frames (into files or during animation cache regeneration), Krita will make the specified number of copies of your image and will work on them in parallel. Each copy will demand more RAM for its storage (about 20% of the size of you image), so raise this limit only if you have enough RAM installed.</p>"
"<p><br/>"
"</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Recommended value:</span> set Clones Limit to the number of <span style=\" text-decoration: underline;\">physical</span> (non-hyperthreaded) cores your CPU has</p>"
"<p>Krita will try to limit the number of screen updates per second to the given number. A lower number will decrease visual responsiveness but increase stylus precision on some systems like macOS."
"<p>When performance logging is enabled Krita saves timing information into the '<working_dir>/log' folder. If you experience performance problems and want to help us, enable this option and add the contents of the directory to a bug report.</p>"
"<p>Choose the optional emblem icon that indicates extra information, such as the preset being a special effects brush, or just using tilt, or angled in some way.</p>"
msgid "The <i>Alternate Invocation</i> action performs an alternate action with the current tool. For example, using the brush tool it picks a color from the canvas."
"<p>The driver for your drawing tablet and Windows do not agree on the size of the screen your tablet is connected to. Please select the right option.</p>"
msgid "A spot color is a color that the printer is able to print without mixing the paints it has available to it. The opposite is called a process color."
"You enabled OpenColorIO based color management, but your image is not an RGB image.\n"
"OpenColorIO-based color management only works with RGB images.\n"
"Please check the settings in the LUT docker.\n"
"OpenColorIO will now be deactivated."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "The Intel graphics driver in use is known to have issues with OpenGL."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "Intel graphics drivers tend to have issues with OpenGL so ANGLE will be used by default. You may manually switch to OpenGL but it is not guaranteed to work properly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "The graphics driver in use does not meet the OpenGL requirements."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "The graphics driver in use may not work well with OpenGL."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl_win.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "ANGLE is using a software Direct3D renderer, which is not hardware-accelerated and may be very slow. This can happen if the graphics drivers are not properly installed, or when using a Remote Desktop session."
#. i18nc("Who made the profile?","Manufacturer: ") + currentColorSpace()->profile()->manufacturer() + "</p>"); //This would work if people actually wrote the manufacturer into the manufacturer fiedl...
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RGB_color_space\">RGB (Red, Green, Blue)</a></b>, is the color model used by screens and other light-based media.<br/>"
"RGB is an additive color model: adding colors together makes them brighter. This color model is the most extensive of all color models, and is recommended as a model for painting,that you can later convert to other spaces. RGB is also the recommended colorspace for HDR editing."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CMYK_color_model\">CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key)</a></b>, is the model used by printers and other ink-based media.<br/>"
"CMYK is a subtractive model, meaning that adding colors together will turn them darker. Because of CMYK profiles being very specific per printer, it is recommended to work in RGB space, and then later convert to a CMYK profile, preferably one delivered by your printer. <br/>"
"CMYK is <b>not</b> recommended for painting.Unfortunately, Krita cannot retrieve colorants or the TRC for this space."
msgid "<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CIE_1931_color_space\">CIE XYZ</a></b>is the space determined by the CIE as the space that encompasses all other colors, and used to convert colors between profiles. XYZ is an additive color model, meaning that adding colors together makes them brighter. XYZ is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, but can be useful to encode in. The Tone Response Curve is assumed to be linear."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grayscale\">Grayscale</a></b> only allows for gray values and transparent values. Grayscale images use half the memory and disk space compared to an RGB image of the same bit-depth.<br/>"
"Grayscale is useful for inking and greyscale images. In Krita, you can mix Grayscale and RGB layers in the same image."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lab_color_space\">L*a*b</a></b>. <b>L<b> stands for Lightness, the <b>a</b> and <b>b</b> components represent color channels.<br/>"
"L*a*b is a special model for color correction. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. This makes it useful for color correction, but the vast majority of color maths in the blending modes do <b>not</b> work as expected here.<br/>"
"Similarly, Krita does not support HDR in LAB, meaning that HDR images converted to LAB lose color information. This colorspace is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, nor for export, but best as a space to do post-processing in. The TRC is assumed to be the L* TRC."
msgid "<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YCbCr\">YCbCr (Luma, Blue Chroma, Red Chroma)</a></b>, is a model designed for video encoding. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. Chroma in this case is then a word indicating a special type of saturation, in these cases the saturation of Red and Blue, of which the desaturated equivalents are Green and Yellow respectively. It is available to open up certain images correctly, but Krita does not currently ship a profile for this due to lack of open source ICC profiles for YCrCb."
msgid "<b>8 bit integer</b>: The default amount of colors per channel. Each channel will have 256 values available, leading to a total amount of 256*amount of channels. Recommended to use for images intended for the web, or otherwise simple images."
msgid "<b>16 bit integer</b>: Also known as 'deep color'. 16 bit is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down. Take care to disable conversion optimization when converting from 16 bit/channel to 8 bit/channel."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 16 bit float"
msgid "<b>16 bit floating point</b>: Also known as 'Half Floating Point', and the standard in VFX industry images. 16 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear Tone Response Curve, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 32bit float"
msgid "<b>32 bit float point</b>: Also known as 'Full Floating Point'. 32 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take four times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 64bit float, but this isn't actually available in Krita at the moment."
msgid "<b>64 bit float point</b>: 64 bit float is as precise as it gets in current technology, and this depth is used most of the time for images that are generated or used as an input for software. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take eight times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "These are Elle Stone's notes on her profiles that we ship."
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extra notes on profiles by Elle Stone:</b></p>"
"<p><i>Krita comes with a number of high quality profiles created by <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com\">Elle Stone</a>. This is a summary. Please check <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/lcms-make-icc-profiles.html\">the full documentation</a> as well.</i></p>"
msgid "<p>Quoting Wikipedia, 'Academy Color Encoding System (ACES) is a color image encoding system proposed by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences that will allow for a fully encompassing color accurate workflow, with 'seamless interchange of high quality motion picture images regardless of source'.</p>"
msgid "<p>The ACEScg color space is smaller than the ACES color space, but large enough to contain the 'Rec-2020 gamut and the DCI-P3 gamut', unlike the ACES color space it has no negative values and contains only few colors that fall just barely outside the area of real colors humans can see</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'ClayRGB' (following ArgyllCMS) as the base name for these profiles. As used below, 'Compatible with Adobe RGB 1998' is terminology suggested in the preamble to the AdobeRGB 1998 color space specifications.</p>"
"<p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut covers a higher percentage of real-world cyans, greens, and yellow-greens than sRGB, but still doesn't include all printable cyans, greens, yellow-greens, especially when printing using today's high-end, wider gamut, ink jet printers. BetaRGB (not included in the profile pack) and Rec.2020 are better matches for the color gamuts of today's wide gamut printers.</p>"
"<p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut is a reasonable approximation to some of today's high-end wide gamut monitors.</p>"
"<p>This profile's color gamut is roughly the same size and shape as the ACES color space gamut, and like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds all possible real colors. But AllColorsRGB actually has a slightly larger color gamut (to capture some fringe colors that barely qualify as real when viewed by the standard observer) and uses the D50 white point.</p>"
"<p>Just like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds a high percentage of imaginary colors. See the Completely <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/xyz-rgb.html\">Painless Programmer's Guide to XYZ, RGB, ICC, xyY, and TRCs</a> for more information about imaginary colors.</p>"
"<p>There is no particular reason why anyone would want to use this profile for editing, unless one needs to make sure your color space really does hold all possible real colors.</p>"
"<p>This profile is included mostly for its historical significance. It's the color space that was used in the original color matching experiments that led to the creation of the XYZ reference color space.</p>"
"<p>The ASTM E white point is probably the right E white point to use when making the CIERGB color space profile. It's not clear to me what the correct CIERGB primaries really are. Lindbloom gives one set. The LCMS version 1 tutorial gives a different set. Experts in the field contend that the real primaries should be calculated from the spectral wavelengths, so I did.</p>"
msgid "<p>The IdentityRGB working space is included in the profile pack because it's a mathematically obvious way to include all possible visible colors, though it has a higher percentage of imaginary colors than the ACES and AllColorsRGB color spaces. I cannot think of any reason why you'd ever want to actually edit images in the IdentityRGB working space.</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'LargeRGB' (following RawTherapee) as the base name for these profiles."
"<p>Kodak designed the RIMM/ROMM (ProPhotoRGB) color gamut to include all printable and most real world colors. It includes some imaginary colors and excludes some of the real world blues and violet blues that can be captured by digital cameras. It also excludes some very saturated 'camera-captured' yellows as interpreted by some (and probably many) camera matrix input profiles."
"<p>The ProPhotoRGB primaries are hard-coded into Adobe products such as Lightroom and the Dng-DCP camera 'profiles'. However, other than being large enough to hold a lot of colors, ProPhotoRGB has no particular merit as an RGB working space. Personally and for most editing purposes, I recommend BetaRGB, Rec2020, or the ACEScg profiles ProPhotoRGB.</p>"
msgid "<p>Rec.2020 is the up-and-coming replacement for the thoroughly outdated sRGB color space. As of June 2015, very few (if any) display devices (and certainly no affordable display devices) can display all of Rec.2020. However, display technology is closing in on Rec.2020, movies are already being made for Rec.2020, and various cameras offer support for Rec.2020. And in the digital darkroom Rec.2020 is much more suitable as a general RGB working space than the exceedingly small sRGB color space.</p>"
"<p>Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft designed sRGB to match the color gamut of consumer-grade CRTs from the 1990s. sRGB is the standard color space for the world wide web and is still the best choice for exporting images to the internet.</p>"
"<p>The sRGB color gamut was a good match to calibrated decent quality CRTs. But sRGB is not a good match to many consumer-grade LCD monitors, which often cannot display the more saturated sRGB blues and magentas (the good news: as technology progresses, wider gamuts are trickling down to consumer grade monitors).</p>"
"<p>Printer color gamuts can easily exceed the sRGB color gamut in cyans, greens, and yellow-greens. Colors from interpolated camera raw files also often exceed the sRGB color gamut.</p>"
"<p>As a very relevant aside, using perceptual intent when converting to sRGB does not magically makes otherwise out of gamut colors fit inside the sRGB color gamut! The standard sRGB color space (along with all the other the RGB profiles provided in my profile pack) is a matrix profile, and matrix profiles don't have perceptual intent tables.</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'WideRGB' as the base name for these profiles.</p>"
"<p>WideGamutRGB was designed by Adobe to be a wide gamut color space that uses spectral colors as its primaries. Pascale's primary values produce a profile that matches old V2 Widegamut profiles from Adobe and Canon. It is an interesting color space, but shortly after its introduction, Adobe switched their emphasis to the ProPhotoRGB color space.</p>"
msgid "<p>These profiles are for use with RGB images that have been converted to monotone gray (black and white). The main reason to convert from RGB to Gray is to save the file space needed to encode the image. Google places a premium on fast-loading web pages, and images are one of the slower-loading elements of a web page. So converting black and white images to Grayscale images does save some kilobytes. For grayscale images uploaded to the internet, convert the image to the V2 Gray profile with the sRGB TRC.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-g10.icc' are linear gamma (gamma=1.0, 'linear light', etc) profiles and should only be used when editing at high bit depths (16-bit floating point, 16-bit integer, 32-bit floating point, 32-bit integer). Many editing operations produce better results in linear gamma color spaces.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-labl.icc' have perceptually uniform TRCs. A few editing operations really should be done on perceptually uniform RGB. Make sure you use the V4 versions for editing high bit depth images.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-srgbtrc.icc', '-g22.icc', and '-bt709.icc' have approximately but not exactly perceptually uniform TRCs. ProPhotoRGB's gamma=1.8 TRC is not quite as close to being perceptually uniform.</p>"
msgid "<p>When editing 8-bit images, you should use a profile with a small color gamut and an approximately or exactly perceptually uniform TRC. Of the profiles supplied in my profile pack, only the sRGB and AdobeRGB1998 (ClayRGB) color spaces are small enough for 8-bit editing. Even with the AdobeRGB1998 color space you need to be careful to not cause posterization. And of course you cannot use the linear gamma versions of these profiles for 8-bit editing.</p>"
msgid "<p>Use V4 profiles for editing images using high bit depth image editors that use LCMS as the Color Management Module. This includes Krita, digiKam/showFoto, and GIMP 2.9.</p>"
"Linear gamma RGB color spaces are not supposed to be used in 8-bit integer modes. It is suggested to use 16-bit integer or any floating point colorspace for linear profiles.\n"
"\n"
"Press \"Continue\" to create a 8-bit integer linear RGB color space or \"Cancel\" to return to the settings dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:502
#, kde-format
msgid "bytes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:505
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Abbreviation for kilobyte"
msgid "KB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:509
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Abbreviation for megabyte"
msgid "MB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:513
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Abbreviation for gigabyte"
msgid "GB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:516
#, kde-format
msgctxt "arg1: width. arg2: height. arg3: colorspace name. arg4: size of a channel in bits. arg5: size in unites of arg6. Arg6: KB, MB or GB"
msgid "This document will be %1 pixels by %2 pixels in %3, which means the pixel size is %4 bit. A single paint layer will thus take up %5 %6 of RAM."
"<html><b>KDE</b> is a world-wide network of software engineers, artists, writers, translators and facilitators who are committed to <a href=\"%1\">Free Software</a> development. This community has created hundreds of Free Software applications as part of the KDE frameworks, workspaces and applications.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE is a cooperative enterprise in which no single entity controls the efforts or products of KDE to the exclusion of others. Everyone is welcome to join and contribute to KDE, including you.<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> for more information about the KDE community and the software we produce.</html>"
"<html>Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> or use the \"Report Bug...\" dialog from the \"Help\" menu to report bugs.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called \"Wishlist\".</html>"
"<html>You do not have to be a software developer to be a member of the KDE team. You can join the national teams that translate program interfaces. You can provide graphics, themes, sounds, and improved documentation. You decide!<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on some projects in which you can participate.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you need more information or documentation, then a visit to <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> will provide you with what you need.</html>"
"<html>KDE software is and will always be available free of charge, however creating it is not free.<br />"
"<br />"
"To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br />"
" <br />"
"We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>.<br />"
"<br />"
"Thank you very much in advance for your support.</html>"
msgid "The application for which you wish to submit a bug report - if incorrect, please use the Report Bug menu item of the correct application"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "Application: "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "The version of this application - please make sure that no newer version is available before sending a bug report"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Version:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "no version set (programmer error)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "OS:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Compiler:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/widgetutils/xmlgui/kbugreport.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>To submit a bug report, click on the button below. This will open a web browser window on <a href=\"http://bugs.kde.org\">http://bugs.kde.org</a> where you will find a form to fill in. The information displayed above will be transferred to that server.</qt>"
msgid "Here you can see a list of key bindings, i.e. associations between actions (e.g. 'Copy') shown in the left column and keys or combination of keys (e.g. Ctrl+V) shown in the right column."
msgid "Values goes from black to white, or black to the most saturated colour. Saturation, in turn, goes from the most saturated colour to white, grey or black."
"<p>This sets the gamma value that the linearised HSY Luminosity is crunched with. 1 makes the selector fully linear, 2.2 is a practical default value.</p>"
msgid "The location of FFmpeg is unknown. Please install FFmpeg first: Krita cannot render animations without FFmpeg. (<a href=\"https://www.ffmpeg.org\">www.ffmpeg.org</a>)"
msgid "Krita tries to automatically check or uncheck this based on the information it can get from the profile you are converting from and the profile you are converting to."
msgid "The icon associated with this action. It is shown alongside text in the menu bar and in toolbars as required. A string to use KDE's image loading system, or a custom QPixmap or QIcon, or None."
msgid "<p>Failed to check version of dependency <application>%1</application>: Module do not have PEP396 <code>__version__</code> attribute. It is not disabled, but behaviour is unpredictable...</p>"
"<p>Select the location of the G'Mic-Qt plugin. You can download the plugin from the <a href=\"http://gmic.eu/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#2980b9;\">G'Mic website</span></a>. Make sure you download the special version for Krita, not the standalone or the GIMP version.</p>"
msgid "The formula decides how the kernel is created, so different formulas choose different values in the kernel, and thus give subtly different results."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the inserted text. This is a line of inserted text. This is a line after the inserted text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the deleted text. This is a line of deleted text. This is a line after the deleted text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the format-change text. This is a line of text whose format has been changed. This is a line of text after the format-change text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">It is possible to assign a named style to text and alter the style properties to change all text with that style.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Applying a style change will reformat all text that previously got the named style assigned to it. Use the Styles docker to apply styles to text.</p>"
"The image contains pixels with zero alpha channel and non-zero color channels. Krita will have to modify those pixels to have at least some alpha. The initial values will <i>not</i> be reverted on saving the image back.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"This will hardly make any visual difference just keep it in mind.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"<note>Modified alpha will have a range from %1 to %2</note>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:340
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "EXR image will be modified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:1222
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:unsupported-node-message"
msgid "%1 (type: \"%2\")"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:1227
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<p>The following layers have a type that is not supported by EXR format:</p>"
"<r>"
"<ul>%1</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p><warning>these layers have <b>not</b> been saved to the final EXR file</warning></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:90
#, kde-format
msgid "This layer cannot be saved to EXR."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:94
#, kde-format
msgid "The layer does not have an image associated with it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:98
#, kde-format
msgid "The filename is empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:102
#, kde-format
msgid "EXR images cannot be saved remotely."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_export.cc:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Colorspace not supported: EXR images must be 16 or 32 bits floating point RGB."
msgid "This option will merge all layers. It is advisable to check this option, otherwise other applications might not be able to read your file correctly."
msgid "Indexed PNG images are smaller. If you enabled this option, your image will be analyzed to see whether it is possible to save as an indexed PNG."
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">PNG</span> files have <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">two</span> options to save <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">sRGB</span> information: as a tag or as an explicit profile. For use with in websites, <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">disable</span> this option. For interchange with other applications, <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">enable</span> this option.</p>"
"<p>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</p>"
"<p>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</p>"
"<p>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</p>"
"<p>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</p>"
"<p>For Fuji Super CCD cameras, show the image tilted 45 degrees. For cameras with non-square pixels, do not stretch the image to its correct aspect ratio. In any case, this option guarantees that each output pixel corresponds to one RAW pixel.</p>"
"<p>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD v2</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation using Variance of Color Differences method.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AFD</emphasis>: Adaptive Filtered Demosaicing interpolation through 5 pass median filter from PerfectRaw project.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD</emphasis>: Variance of Color Differences interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: Mixed demosaicing between VCD and AHD.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>LMMSE</emphasis>: color demosaicing via directional linear minimum mean-square error estimation interpolation from PerfectRaw.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AMaZE</emphasis>: Aliasing Minimization interpolation and Zipper Elimination to apply color aberration removal from RawTherapee project.</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p>Note: some methods can be unavailable if RAW decoder have been built without extension packs.</p>"
"<p>Set here the passes used by the median filter applied after interpolation to Red-Green and Blue-Green channels.</p>"
"<p>This setting is only available for specific Quality options: <emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>, and <emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>.</p>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Default D65</emphasis>: Use a standard daylight D65 white balance.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Camera</emphasis>: Use the white balance specified by the camera. If not available, reverts to default neutral white balance.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Automatic</emphasis>: Calculates an automatic white balance averaging the entire image.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Manual</emphasis>: Set a custom temperature and green level values.</li>"
msgid "<p>If enabled, images with overblown channels are processed much more accurately, without 'pink clouds' (and blue highlights under tungsten lamps).</p>"
"<p>Select here the noise reduction method to apply during RAW decoding.</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no noise reduction.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Wavelets</emphasis>: wavelets correction to erase noise while preserving real detail. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>FBDD</emphasis>: Fake Before Demosaicing Denoising noise reduction. It's applied before interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>CFA Line Denoise</emphasis>: Banding noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Impulse Denoise</emphasis>: Impulse noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<p>If this option is turned on, it will try to shift image channels slightly and evaluate Chromatic Aberration change. Note that if you shot blue-red pattern, the method may fail. In this case, disable this option and tune manually color factors.</p>"
"<p>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (linear)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</li>"
msgid "This determines every interval after which the precision should change. For example: if the delta value is set to be 15.00, after every 15 pts change in the size of brush, the precision will change."
msgid "If checked, grid brush fill every particle's background with background color. The background of particle is rectangle of grid width and height and by default it is transparent."
"<p><b>Painting mode</b>: Krita offers a choice between two painting modes: <i>buildup</i> and <i>wash</i>. The first choice builds up color while painting in one stroke, the second choices gives you an even color in one stroke even if you go over the same place again and again.</p>"
"<p>Your name for your script. This is used to calculate the name of your package, the name of the class in your package and the associated directory.</p>"
"<p>What you want to appear in the Tools-> Scripts menu. If you leave this blank a default entry will be created based on the name of the script. </p>"
"<p>If this is checked your script will be automatically enabled in Krita. That is, it will show up in the Scripts menu or docker list. If not, you will need to manually enable the script through the Krita->Settings menu entry. </p>"
msgid "<nobr>Blending controls the percentage of color that is picked</nobr> and mixed with your current brush color. A full blending value picks colors completely, ignoring brush color."
"<p>In \"Global Coordinates\" mode Width and Height fields show the size of the shape's bounding box in image-aligned coordinates, even when the shape is rotated or has any other transform. </p>"
"<p>If \"Global Coordinates\" mode is disabled, Width and Height fields show the shape's \"local\" size, before application of any transformations.</p>"
msgid "Sorry, Krita was built without the support of GNU Scientific Library, so you cannot scale the selection with handles. Please compile Krita with GNU Scientific Library support, or use options widget for editing scale values manually."
msgid "Switch between Build Up and Wash mode of painting. Build Up mode adds deformations one on top of the other without any limits. Wash mode gradually deforms the piece to the selected deformation level."
"There are still %n open tabs and your session won't be stored.\n"
"Are you sure you want to close this window?"
msgid_plural ""
"There are still %n open tabs and your session won't be stored.\n"
"Are you sure you want to close this window?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/browserwindow.cpp:1505
msgctxt "BrowserWindow|"
msgid "Don't ask again"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/browserwindow.cpp:1506
msgctxt "BrowserWindow|"
msgid "There are still open tabs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1045
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Falkon is not currently your default browser. Would you like to make it your default browser?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1046
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Always perform this check when starting Falkon."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1048
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Default Browser"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1166
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Open new tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1167
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Open new window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1168
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Open new private window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lib/app/mainapplication.cpp:1183
msgctxt "MainApplication|"
msgid "Falkon is a new and very fast Qt web browser. Falkon is licensed under GPL version 3 or (at your option) any later version. It is based on QtWebEngine and Qt Framework."
msgid "The Master Password is used to protect site passwords and form data. If you set a Master Password you will be asked to enter it once per session."
msgid "This page contains information about Falkon's current configuration - relevant for troubleshooting. Please include this information when submitting bug reports."
"Selecting \"Yes\" will create the payee, \"No\" will skip creation of a payee record and remove the payee information from this transaction. Selecting \"Cancel\" aborts the import operation.\n"
"\n"
"If you select \"No\" here and mark the \"Do not ask again\" checkbox, the payee information for all following transactions referencing \"%1\" will be removed."
msgid "KMyMoney cannot determine which of your accounts to use. You can create a new account by pressing the <b>Create</b> button or select another one manually from the selection box below."
msgid "No account information has been found in the selected statement file. Please select an account using the selection box in the dialog or create a new account by pressing the <b>Create</b> button."
"Please make sure you have a disk inserted and that the drive is ready. Then choose the mount point from either the Choose button or by entering the path in the available box.\n"
"\n"
"Click OK to perform the backup. If your system does not use an automounter, make sure you mark the checkbox below to \"mount this directory before backing up.\""
msgid "At least one transaction/schedule still references the category <b>%1</b>. However, at least one category with the same currency must exist so that the transactions/schedules can be reassigned."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kcategoryreassigndlg.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "This dialog does not allow new categories to be created. Please pick a category from the list."
msgid "The transactions, schedules and budgets associated with the selected category need to be re-assigned to a different category before the selected category can be deleted. Please select a category from the list below."
msgid "<qt>You have entered a scheduled transaction date of <b>%1</b>. Because the scheduled transaction was last paid on <b>%2</b>, KMyMoney will automatically adjust the scheduled transaction date to the next date unless the last payment date is reset. Do you want to reset the last payment date?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/keditscheduledlg.cpp:538
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset Last Payment Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/keditscheduledlg.cpp:548
#: kmymoney/dialogs/keditscheduledlg.cpp:566
#: kmymoney/dialogs/keditscheduledlg.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to modify scheduled transaction '%1'"
"<p>Please check that all the details in the following dialog are correct and press OK.</p>"
"<p>Editable data can be changed and can either be applied to just this occurrence or for all subsequent occurrences for this schedule. (You will be asked what you intend after pressing OK in the following dialog)</p>"
msgid "Failed to retrieve an exchange rate for %1 from %2. It will be skipped this time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:526
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:532
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:552
#, kde-format
msgid "Price Update Failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:532
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to retrieve a quote for %1 from %2. Press <b>No</b> to remove the online price source from this security permanently, <b>Yes</b> to continue updating this security during future price updates or <b>Cancel</b> to stop the current update operation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:552
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot update security <b>%1</b>: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:643
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"For <b>%1</b> on <b>%2</b> price <b>%3</b> already exists.<br>"
"Do you want to replace it with <b>%4</b>?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:648
#, kde-format
msgid "Price Already Exists"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:691
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:767
#, kde-format
msgid "Price for %1 updated (id %2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:709
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:787
#, kde-format
msgid "Received a price for %1 (id %2), but this symbol is not on the list. Aborting entire update."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kequitypriceupdatedlg.cpp:771
#, kde-format
msgid "Received an invalid price for %1, unable to update."
msgid "Enter the id of the key you want to use for data encryption. This can either be an e-mail address or the hexadecimal key id. In case of the key id, do not forget the leading 0x."
msgid "A category named <b>%1</b> already exists. You cannot create a second category with the same name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/knewaccountdlg.cpp:704
#, kde-format
msgid "You have selected to suppress the display of unused categories in the KMyMoney configuration dialog. The category you just created will therefore only be shown if it is used. Otherwise, it will be hidden in the accounts/categories view."
msgid "To be able to merge previous selected payees, please select a payee from the list below or create a new one."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kpayeereassigndlg.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "The transactions associated with the selected payees need to be re-assigned to a different payee before the selected payees can be deleted. Please select a payee from the list below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/kpayeereassigndlg.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "This dialog does not allow new payees to be created. Please pick a payee from the list."
msgid "The transactions associated with the selected tags need to be re-assigned to a different tag before the selected tags can be deleted. Please select a tag from the list below."
msgid "This option hides all categories in the categories view that are not used in at least a single transaction. They are still shown in the category selection lists."
"<p>You have turned on the GPG encryption support. This means, that new files will be stored encrypted.</p>"
"<p>Existing files will not be encrypted automatically. To achieve encryption of existing files, please use the <b>File/Save as...</b> feature and store the file under a different name.<br/>"
"Once confident with the result, feel free to delete the old file and rename the encrypted one to the old name.</p>"
"This page allows you to set the parameters for encrypted file storage of your <b>KMyMoney</b> data based on <b>GPG</b>."
"<p>\n"
"Access to the settings is disabled if <b>GPG</b> could not be detected on your system. In this case, please make sure that <b>GPG</b> is working properly for the current user."
"<p>\n"
"The <i>additional recovery encryption</i> is only accessible, if the necessary key for <b>kmymoney-recover@users.sourceforge.net</b> with id 0x8AFDDC8E is found in your keyring."
msgid "Enter the id of the key you want to use for data encryption. This can either be an e-mail address or the hexadecimal key id. In case of the key id do not forget the leading 0x."
"You can specify to encrypt the data also with the KMyMoney recover key. Only the core KMyMoney developers are in posession of the respective private key required to read back such encrypted data."
"<p>\n"
"\n"
"This mechanism is provided for the case that you have lost your key and cannot access your data anymore. With this option activated, the KMyMoney developers can decrypt the data and supply you with it in a readable form. Please be prepared, that you have to answer a few detailed questions about the contents of your data before we will send it out."
msgid "<i>Enter regular expressions which can be used to parse the data returned from the URL entered above. The symbol, price, and date must be found in the quote data to be usable. You may also try the KMyMoney user's mailinglist at <a href=\"mailto:kmymoney@kde.org\">kmymoney@kde.org</a> to find what settings work for other users in your country.</i>"
msgid "Enter the URL from which stock quotes will be fetched. <b>%1</b> will be replaced with the symbol for the security being quoted. For currency conversions, <b>%2</b> will be replaced with the currency to be quoted and <b>%1</b> with the currency the quote is based on."
"<p>For easier processing of the data returned by the online source, KMyMoney usually strips unused parts before it is parsed with the regular expressions. If matching of the fields relies on those items, then use this option to turn stripping off.</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p>The following items are usually removed by stripping:\n"
"\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li>HTML tags such as <b><tag></b></li>"
"\n"
"<li>& encoded characters such as <b>&nbsp;</b></li>"
msgid "Using the ledger lens shows the details for the transaction that has focus in the ledger. Usually, when using the transaction form, only a one line summary is displayed for each transaction as the details are shown in the form."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LedgerLens), group (General Options)
msgid "Use the <i>left</i> and <i>right</i> buttons to add and remove sort options. Use the <i>up</i> and <i>down</i> buttons to modify the sort order. Double-Click a selected entry to toggle the sort order between <i>ascending</i> and <i>descending</i>."
msgid "After entering the reconciliation data automatically detect the transactions that match that data (in some cases it might be not possible to do that)."
"Collect all transactions for the given payee. Treat all transactions that refer to the same category and have an amount with +/- X % as identical. If more than one transaction is found, a list of them is presented to the user.\n"
msgid "Two transactions are usually treated identical for autofill, if they refer the same accounts. They are treated as different transactions though, when their amount varies by more than the percentage given here."
msgid "If this option is checked the memos from the previous transaction will be used otherwise the memos will not be considered when the transaction is autofilled."
msgid "Whenever a new payee is detected during import of a statement, the user will be asked to assign a default category for this user when this option is selected."
msgid "Cannot enter transaction with postdate prior to account's opening date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/stdtransactioneditor.cpp:1606
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Do you want to replace memo"
"<p><i>%1</i></p>"
"with memo"
"<p><i>%2</i></p>"
"in the other split?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/stdtransactioneditor.cpp:1606
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy memo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:337
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:537
#, kde-format
msgid "<center>Processing schedule for %1.</center>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<center>Check number <b>%1</b> has already been used in account <b>%2</b>.</center>"
"<center>Do you want to replace it with the next available number?</center>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:342
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:542
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate number"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:480
#, kde-format
msgid "This transaction has more than two splits and is originally based on a different currency (%1). Using this account to modify the transaction may result in rounding errors. Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid "At least one of the selected transactions has more than two splits and is originally based on a different currency (%1). Using this account to modify the transactions may result in rounding errors. Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Check number <b>%1</b> has already been used in account <b>%2</b>."
"<center>Do you want to replace it with the next available number?</center>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:652
#, kde-format
msgid "Storing transactions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:694
#, kde-format
msgid "&Enter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:697
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this to enter the transaction into the ledger."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:698
#, kde-format
msgid "&Schedule"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:700
#, kde-format
msgid "Accepts the entered data and stores it as schedule"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:701
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this to schedule the transaction for later entry into the ledger."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:703
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The transaction you are about to enter has a post date in the future.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"Do you want to enter it in the ledger or add it to the schedules?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:703
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Dialog caption for 'Enter or schedule' dialog"
msgid "Enter or schedule?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:787
#, kde-format
msgid "The balance of account <b>%1</b> dropped below the warning balance of %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:793
#, kde-format
msgid "The balance of account <b>%1</b> dropped below the minimum balance of %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:799
#, kde-format
msgid "The balance of account <b>%1</b> dropped below the maximum credit warning limit of %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactioneditor.cpp:805
#, kde-format
msgid "The balance of account <b>%1</b> dropped below the maximum credit limit of %2."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactionmatcher.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "The transaction dates are one day apart. Do you want to match them anyway?"
msgid_plural "The transaction dates are %1 days apart. Do you want to match them anyway?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactionmatcher.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "First transaction does not match requirement for matching"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactionmatcher.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Splits for %1 have conflicting values (%2,%3)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/dialogs/transactionmatcher.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to match all splits (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/kcreditswindow.cpp:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Addressbook integration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/kcreditswindow.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Holiday regions integration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/kcreditswindow.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\n"
"KMyMoney, the Personal Finance Manager by KDE.\n"
"\n"
"Please consider contributing to this project with code and/or suggestions."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\n"
"KMyMoney, the Personal Finance Manager for KDE.\n"
"\n"
"Please consider contributing to this project with code and/or suggestions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/kcreditswindow.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "(c) 2000-2018 The KMyMoney development team"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "(c) 2000-2017 The KMyMoney development team"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/kcreditswindow.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Compiled with the following optional features:\n"
msgid "GPG is not available for decryption of file <b>%1</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:799
#, kde-format
msgid "QIF Profile Editor..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:819
#, kde-format
msgid "File <b>%1</b> contains the old binary format used by KMyMoney. Please use an older version of KMyMoney (0.8.x) that still supports this format to convert it to the new XML based format."
msgid "Tried to access a file when it has not been opened"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:984
#, kde-format
msgid "Malformed URL '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:1045
#, kde-format
msgid "GPG does not seem to be installed on your system. Please make sure that GPG can be found using the standard search path. This time, encryption is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:1045
#, kde-format
msgid "GPG not found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:1051
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have selected to encrypt your data also with the KMyMoney recover key, but the key with id</p>"
"<p>"
"<center><b>%1</b></center>"
"</p>"
"<p>has not been found in your keyring at this time. Please make sure to import this key into your keyring. You can find it on the <a href=\"https://kmymoney.org/\">KMyMoney web-site</a>. This time your data will not be encrypted with the KMyMoney recover key.</p>"
"<p>You have specified to encrypt your data for the user-id</p>"
"<p>"
"<center><b>%1</b>.</center>"
"</p>"
"<p>Unfortunately, a valid key for this user-id was not found in your keyring. Please make sure to import a valid key for this user-id. This time, encryption is disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:1065
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You have configured to save your data in encrypted form using GPG. Make sure you understand that you might lose all your data if you encrypt it, but cannot decrypt it later on. If unsure, answer <b>No</b>.</p>"
msgid "You have configured KMyMoney to use GPG to protect your data and to encrypt your data also with the KMyMoney recover key. This key is about to expire in %1 day. Please update the key from a keyserver using your GPG frontend (e.g. KGPG)."
msgid_plural "You have configured KMyMoney to use GPG to protect your data and to encrypt your data also with the KMyMoney recover key. This key is about to expire in %1 days. Please update the key from a keyserver using your GPG frontend (e.g. KGPG)."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3147
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3139
#, kde-format
msgid "Recover key expires soon"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3160
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3152
#, kde-format
msgid "The file must be saved first before it can be backed up. Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3176
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3168
#, kde-format
msgid "The current implementation of the backup functionality only supports local files as source files. Your current source file is '%1'."
msgid "Unable to setup online parameters for account '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3488
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3480
#, kde-format
msgid "Running automatic reconciliation"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3507
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to delete category <b>%1</b>?"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3514
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to delete category <b>%1</b>. Cause: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3525
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you want to delete category <b>%1</b> with all its sub-categories or only the category itself? If you only delete the category itself, all its sub-categories will be made sub-categories of <b>%2</b>."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3579
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to delete a sub-category of category <b>%1</b>. Reason: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3589
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Do you really want to delete account <b>%1</b>?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3601
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3593
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>%1</b> cannot be moved to institution <b>%2</b>. Reason: %3</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3614
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3606
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>%1</b> cannot be moved to <b>%2</b>. Reason: %3</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3707
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3699
#, kde-format
msgid "Untitled"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3745
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3737
#, kde-format
msgid "Create a new transaction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3827
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3819
#, kde-format
msgid "Running consistency check..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3834
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3826
#, kde-format
msgid "Consistency check failed: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3844
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3836
#, kde-format
msgid "The consistency check has found no issues in your data. Details are presented below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3846
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3838
#, kde-format
msgid "The consistency check has found some issues in your data. Details are presented below. Those issues that could not be corrected automatically need to be solved by the user."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3849
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3841
#, kde-format
msgid "Consistency check result"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3933
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:3925
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking for overdue scheduled transactions..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:4112
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:4104
#, kde-format
msgid "You must first select a KMyMoney file before you can import a statement."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:4117
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:4109
#, kde-format
msgid "Importing a statement via Web Connect"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
-#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:4127
+#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:4119
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to import %1 using %2 plugin. The plugin returned the following error: %3"
msgid "You have closed this account. It remains in the system because you have transactions which still refer to it, but it is not shown in the views. You can make it visible again by going to the View menu and selecting <b>Show all accounts</b> or by deselecting the <b>Do not show closed accounts</b> setting."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:4378
#, kde-format
msgid "You have entered a scheduled transaction date of <b>%1</b>. Because the scheduled transaction was last paid on <b>%2</b>, KMyMoney will automatically adjust the scheduled transaction date to the next date unless the last payment date is reset. Do you want to reset the last payment date?"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:4494
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to skip the <b>%1</b> transaction scheduled for <b>%2</b>?"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/kmymoney.cpp:4663
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you want to add <b>%1</b> as payer/receiver?"
msgid "dump the names of all defined QAction objects to stdout and quit"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "dump the names of all defined KAction objects to stdout and quit"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "The monetary decimal symbol is not correctly set in the KDE System Settings module Country/Region & Language. Please set it to a reasonable value and start KMyMoney again."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "file to open"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Another instance of KMyMoney is already running. Do you want to quit?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/main.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Uncaught error. Please report the details to the developers"
"From this dialog you are able to export transactions to a comma separated file, (known as a CSV file, because of the extension). However, you are able to specify an alternative separator below. Please enter the path to the CSV file or select it by clicking on the Browse button.\n"
"\n"
"You can choose the file's path, and the account. Choose Account to export all the transactions between the specified dates, or just choose to export Categories."
"The date entry \"%1\" read from the file cannot be interpreted through the current date format setting of \"%2.\"\n"
"\n"
"Pressing 'Continue' will assign today's date to the transaction. Pressing 'Cancel'' will abort the import operation. You can then restart the import and select a different date format."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/plugins/csvimport/csvdialog.cpp:1514
#, kde-format
msgid "<center>There must an amount or debit and credit fields, plus date and payee fields.</center>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/plugins/csvimport/csvdialog.cpp:1516
#, kde-format
msgid "<center>As you had skipped Setup, the wizard will now return you to the setups.</center>"
msgid "You selected to extract the payee from the memo field but did not supply a regular expression for payee and memo extraction. The option will not be activated."
msgid "The plugin usually downloads the account balance and transactions. In some circumstances, the download of transaction data is not supported for certain accounts. The following option allows to turn off the request for transaction data."
msgid "Please enter the username and password you use to log into this bank for online banking. Please note that many banks require a separate signup, and assign a separate PIN or password just for online banking from home."
msgid "If a QIF file contains date entries with years represented with two digits then either an apostrophe or a slash may be used to delimit the year in the dates for certain centuries. This enables 1905 to be distinguished from 2005. Specify here which range of years will have year delimited by an apostrophe (eg. for Quicken this is usually 1900-1949)."
"From this dialog you are able to export transactions to a quicken compatible file, (known as a QIF file, because of the extension). Please enter the path to the QIF file or select it by clicking on the Browse button.\n"
"\n"
"You can choose the file's path, the account and the format of the QIF file (profile). Choose Account to export all the transactions between the specified dates or just categories. You can also limit the transactions that are exported by start and ending date. Once you have pressed the Export button a message box will appear when the export has completed detailing how many transactions, categories and payees were exported."
"<p>From this dialog you are able to import transactions from a Quicken<b>™</b> compatible file, (known as a QIF file, because of the extension).</p>"
"\n"
"<p>Please enter the path to the QIF file or select it by clicking on the Browse button. Once you have the file's path press the Import button and KMyMoney will import all the transactions, categories and payees it finds.</p>"
msgid "Select <b>Bank statement</b> turns on automatic category matching which is turned off in case of <b>Other application</b>. Use the latter if you import files from other Personal Finance Management software."
msgid "The %1 account currently has an opening balance of %2. This QIF file reports an opening balance of %3. Would you like to overwrite the current balance with the one from the QIF file?"
msgid "KMyMoney has imported a second opening balance transaction into account <b>%1</b> which differs from the one found already on file. Please correct this manually once the import is done."
"The date entry \"%1\" read from the file cannot be interpreted through the current date profile setting of \"%2\".\n"
"\n"
"Pressing \"Continue\" will assign todays date to the transaction. Pressing \"Cancel\" will abort the import operation. You can then restart the import and select a different QIF profile or create a new one."
msgid "Autogenerated by QIF importer from type Mutual account entry"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2093
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2224
#, kde-format
msgid "account"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2094
#, kde-format
msgid "al"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2101
#, kde-format
msgid "category"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2102
#, kde-format
msgid "ei"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2119
#, kde-format
msgid "Account \"%1\" disappeared: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2141
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The 'type of object' 'x' does not exist"
msgid "The %1 '%2' does not exist. Do you want to create it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2151
#, kde-format
msgctxt "To select account"
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2153
#, kde-format
msgid "The %1 <b>%2</b> currently exists. Do you want to import transactions to this account?"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/converter/mymoneyqifreader.cpp:2157
#, kde-format
msgid "The %1 <b>%2</b> currently does not exist. You can create a new %3 by pressing the <b>Create</b> button or select another %4 manually from the selection box."
msgid "<p>Select this option to cause the report to be shown as a chart when you first open the report. Otherwise, it will come up as a text report.</p>"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (sortSearchView), group (List Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:319
#, kde-format
msgid "Sort order of register in search dialog"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (defaultReconciliationState), group (List Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:323
#, kde-format
msgid "Default reconciliation state for transactions entered during reconciliation"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (matchInterval), group (Import options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:329
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of days (plus/minus) to search for matching transactions"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (askForPayeeCategory), group (Import options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:333
#, kde-format
msgid "During import, ask for a new payee's default category"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifCash), group (QIF Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:339
#, kde-format
msgid "additional names for cash account"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifBank), group (QIF Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:343
#, kde-format
msgid "additional names for checking account"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifCreditCard), group (QIF Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:347
#, kde-format
msgid "additional names for credit card account"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifAsset), group (QIF Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:351
#, kde-format
msgid "additional names for asset account"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifOpeningBalance), group (QIF Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:355
#, kde-format
msgid "additional names for opening balance payee"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifInvoice), group (QIF Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:359
#, kde-format
msgid "additional names for invoice accounts"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (showAccountsExpanded), group (Account View Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:365
#, kde-format
msgid "Show accounts view expanded when loaded"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaximumLegendItems), group (Chart Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:371
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum quantity of legend items to display on charts"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ChartsPalette), group (Chart Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:383
#, kde-format
msgid "The palette used to render charts"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CssFileDefault), group (Chart Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/settings/kmymoney.kcfg:389
#, kde-format
msgid "Name of default CSS file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:358
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to delete account '%1'. Cause: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:372
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>You have closed this account. It remains in the system because you have transactions which still refer to it, but it is not shown in the views. You can make it visible again by going to the View menu and selecting <b>Show all accounts</b> or by deselecting the <b>Do not show closed accounts</b> setting.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:372
#, kde-format
msgid "Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:427
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to remove the mapping of account <b>%1</b> to an online account? Depending on the details of the online banking method used, this action cannot be reverted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:427
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove mapping to online account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:440
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to unmap account from online account: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:458
#, kde-format
msgid " (Brokerage)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:459
#, kde-format
msgid "You try to map a brokerage account to an online account. This is usually not advisable. In general, the investment account should be mapped to the online account. Please cancel if you intended to map the investment account, continue otherwise"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:459
#, kde-format
msgid "Mapping brokerage account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:477
#, kde-format
msgid "Select online banking plugin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kaccountsview.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to map account to online account: %1"
msgid "Accepts the entered values and stores the budget"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kbudgetview.cpp:349
#, kde-format
msgid "Revert budget to last saved state"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kbudgetview.cpp:360
#, kde-format
msgid "A budget with the name '%1' already exists. It is not advisable to have multiple budgets with the same identification name. Are you sure you would like to rename the budget?"
msgid "Unable to exchange category <b>%1</b> with category <b>%2</b>. Reason: %3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:411
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Do you really want to delete category <b>%1</b>?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:418
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Unable to delete category <b>%1</b>. Cause: %2</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:429
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Do you want to delete category <b>%1</b> with all its sub-categories or only the category itself? If you only delete the category itself, all its sub-categories will be made sub-categories of <b>%2</b>.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:433
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete all"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:434
#, kde-format
msgid "Just the category"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:462
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Some sub-categories of category <b>%1</b> cannot be deleted, because they are still used. They will be made sub-categories of <b>%2</b>. Proceed?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Unable to delete a sub-category of category <b>%1</b>. Reason: %2</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kcategoriesview.cpp:495
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to delete category '%1'. Cause: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgid "Reconcile"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "Reconcile - disabled because you are currently reconciling <b>%1</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate the current selected transactions"
msgid "Cannot edit investment transactions and non-investment transactions together."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1194
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot edit multiple split transactions at once."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1215
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot edit investment transactions in the context of this account."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1347
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1350
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Please select what you want to do: discard the changes, save the changes or continue to edit the transaction.</p>"
"<p>You can also set an option to save the transaction automatically when e.g. selecting another transaction.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1347
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1350
#, kde-format
msgid "End transaction edit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1450
#, kde-format
msgid "At least one split of the selected transactions has been reconciled. Do you wish to delete the transactions anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1456
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to delete the selected transaction?"
msgid_plural "Do you really want to delete all %1 selected transactions?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1460
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete transaction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1506
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to duplicate transaction(s): %1, thrown in %2:%3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1581
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to accept transaction: %1, thrown in %2:%3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1622
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1377
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to modify transaction: %1, thrown in %2:%3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1881
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You are about to finish the reconciliation of this account with a difference between your bank statement and the transactions marked as cleared.\n"
"Are you sure you want to finish the reconciliation?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview.cpp:1883
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm end of reconciliation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:699
#, kde-format
msgid "Statement Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:703
#, kde-format
msgid "Statement Deposit Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:704
#, kde-format
msgid "Statement Payment Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:821
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:833
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 deposit (%2)"
msgid_plural "%1 deposits (%2)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:823
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:829
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 payment (%2)"
msgid_plural "%1 payments (%2)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:826
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1 is a string, e.g. 7 deposits; %2 is a string, e.g. 4 payments"
msgid "%1, %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:929
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:949
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1003
#, kde-format
msgid "Statement: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1004
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1020
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Cleared balance"
msgid "Cleared: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1012
#, kde-format
msgid "Last reconciled: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1014
#, kde-format
msgid "Never reconciled"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1128
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot process transactions in account %1, which is closed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1134
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot process transaction with focus if it is not selected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1215
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to delete transaction(s): %1, thrown in %2:%3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1244
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to unmatch the selected transactions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1294
#, kde-format
msgid "No manually entered transaction selected for matching"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1296
#, kde-format
msgid "No imported transaction selected for matching"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kgloballedgerview_p.h:1302
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to match the selected transactions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/khomeview.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Before KMyMoney can give you detailed information about your financial status, you need to create at least one account. Until then, KMyMoney shows the welcome page instead."
msgid "GPG does not seem to be installed on your system. Please make sure, that GPG can be found using the standard search path. This time, encryption is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:1139
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have selected to encrypt your data also with the KMyMoney recover key, but the key with id</p>"
"<p>"
"<center><b>%1</b></center>"
"</p>"
"<p>has not been found in your keyring at this time. Please make sure to import this key into your keyring. You can find it on the <a href=\"http://kmymoney.org/\">KMyMoney web-site</a>. This time your data will not be encrypted with the KMyMoney recover key.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kmymoneyview.cpp:1506
#, kde-format
msgid "Bitcoin Cash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kmymoney/views/konlinejoboutbox.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid "This job cannot be edited anymore because it was sent already."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/konlinejoboutbox.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid "This job cannot be edited anymore because is was sent already."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/konlinejoboutbox.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "The plugin to edit this job is not available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kmymoney/views/konlinejoboutbox.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "You need to select a single job for editing."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/konlinejoboutbox.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "You must select a single job for editing."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/konlinejoboutbox.cpp:304
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The user selected credit transfers to send. But they cannot be sent."
msgid "Cannot send selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/konlinejoboutbox.cpp:305
#, kde-format
msgid "Not all selected credit transfers can be sent because some of them are invalid or were already sent."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kpayeesview.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Update payee"
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kpayeesview.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "A payee with the name '%1' already exists. It is not advisable to have multiple payees with the same identification name. Are you sure you would like to rename the payee?"
msgid "This list contains the names that will match this payee if a transaction is imported from an external source. Keep in mind, that you can specify regular expressions here."
msgid "At least one transaction/scheduled transaction or loan account is still referenced by a payee. Currently you have all payees selected. However, at least one payee must remain so that the transaction/scheduled transaction or loan account can be reassigned."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kpayeesview_p.h:608
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to reassign payee of transaction/split"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kpayeesview_p.h:613
#, kde-format
msgid "Nothing to merge."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kpayeesview_p.h:671
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to remove payee(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kscheduledview.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgid "KMyMoney has detected some overdue scheduled transactions for this account. Do you want to enter those scheduled transactions now?"
msgid "Unable to enter scheduled transaction '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kscheduledview_p.h:542
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Are you sure you wish to stop this scheduled transaction from being entered into the register?\n"
"\n"
"KMyMoney will prompt you again next time it starts unless you manually enter it later."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kscheduledview_p.h:645
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Do you really want to skip the <b>%1</b> transaction scheduled for <b>%2</b>?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kscheduledview_p.h:655
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Unable to skip scheduled transaction <b>%1</b>.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/ktagsview.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "A tag with the name '%1' already exists. It is not advisable to have multiple tags with the same identification name. Are you sure you would like to rename the tag?"
msgid "Do you want to save the changes for <b>%1</b>?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/ktagsview.cpp:632
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Do you really want to remove the tag <b>%1</b>?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/ktagsview.cpp:634
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to remove all selected tags?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/ktagsview.cpp:636
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove Tag"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/ktagsview.cpp:673
#, kde-format
msgid "At least one transaction/scheduled transaction is still referenced by a tag. Currently you have all tags selected. However, at least one tag must remain so that the transaction/scheduled transaction can be reassigned."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/ktagsview.cpp:738
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to reassign tag of transaction/split"
msgid "The free, easy to use, personal finance manager by KDE"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "The free, easy to use, personal finance manager for KDE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to My Financial Summary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Start with one of the following activities..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Get started and setup accounts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Open an existing data file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "Learn how to use KMyMoney"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Visit our website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Get help from our community"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "See what's new in this version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "What's new in this version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "What's new in KMyMoney %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "Return to the Welcome page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid "We are pleased to announce a major step forward for what has been described as \"the BEST personal finance manager for FREE users\"."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "What's new in this version:"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "A plugin to import data using Weboob was added"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "Let us know what you think. We hope that you enjoy using the application."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "Please let us know about any abnormal behavior in the program by selecting <a href=\"/action?id=help_report_bug\">\"Report bug...\"</a> from the help menu or by sending an e-mail to the developers mailing list."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "When an account cannot be closed, a tooltip explains the reason"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Transaction tags were added"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "Proper input methods support was added"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgid "The KMyMoney Development Team"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "Added a frozen column to improve visualizing forecast details"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "Improved multiple records management actions (payees, transactions)"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgid "Better performance of the user interface"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid "Homepage can show accounts online banking status"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid "CSV importer was improved"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "OFX plugin now allows custom application version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:237
#, kde-format
msgid "* General changes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgid "- Port to KDE frameworks and Qt5"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "* User Interface changes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "- Show more tooltips why features are not available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "- Improved compatibility with dark color schemes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:243
#, kde-format
msgid "- Fast switching of main views via Ctrl + number key"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:244
#, kde-format
msgid "- Improved keyboard navigation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid "- View columns are user selectable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "- Use QWebEngine in favor of KHTML when available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "* Im-/Exporter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgid "- Added support for Weboob"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:209
#, kde-format
msgid "Added support for online SEPA transactions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "- Improved CSV importer"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "Improved the icon theme"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "- Added CSV exporter"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "CSV exporter added"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgid "- Improved payee matching when importing transactions"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "Improved payee matching when importing transactions"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgid "Improved the transaction form"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgid "* Online services"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid "- Updated list of application versions for OFX direct import"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "- Get rid of Yahoo as price source"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmymoney/views/kwelcomepage.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgid "- Supporting OFX client uid required by some banks"
msgid "In case you have multiple split entries to the same category and you like to keep them as a single split, press this button. The amount for identical categories will be added and stored in a single split for that category."
msgctxt "@title header of the account name column"
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/widgets/kbudgetvalues.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "You have entered budget values using a different base which would result in a monthly budget of <b>%1</b>. Should this value be used to fill the monthly budget?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/widgets/kbudgetvalues.cpp:246
#: kmymoney/widgets/kbudgetvalues.cpp:265
#: kmymoney/widgets/kbudgetvalues.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Auto assignment (caption)"
msgid "Auto assignment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/widgets/kbudgetvalues.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "You have entered budget values using a different base which would result in a yearly budget of <b>%1</b>. Should this value be used to fill the monthly budget?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: kmymoney/widgets/kbudgetvalues.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgid "You have entered budget values using a different base which would result in an individual monthly budget of <b>%1</b>. Should this value be used to fill the monthly budgets?"
"Reconciling your account ensures your records match those of your institution, and that there are no mistakes on either side. You should reconcile your account whenever you receive a statement from your institution.\n"
"\n"
"All relevant information necessary for this process is usually printed on your statement.\n"
"\n"
"On the next page you will verify that the ending balance matches that on your statement. If not, please modify it.\n"
"\n"
"The starting balance is the sum of your cleared and reconciled transactions."
"You have previously postponed the reconciliation of this account. If you have entered charges or interests the last time you started reconciling this account you can modify these in the ledger later on.\n"
"\n"
"It is important, that you continue with the same statement you used when you postponed the reconciliation.\n"
"\n"
"All information you have entered into this wizard will be shown and all transactions that you already cleared are marked with a 'C'."
msgid "This page summarizes the data you have entered. Press <b>Finish</b> to create the account, schedules, etc. or use <b>Back</b> to modify your entries."
msgid "Please make sure to enter the correct conversion for the selected opening date. If you requested an online quote it might be provided for a different date."
msgid "Enter the name of the account under which it is known within KMyMoney. Select the type for the new account. Use the <b>What's this?</b> feature to see more details about the various account types. Enter the date the account was opened and its currency."
"Use the checking account type to manage activities on your checking account e.g. payments, checks and cash card purchases.</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Savings</b>\n"
"Use the savings account type to manage activities on your savings account.</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Credit Card</b>\n"
"Use the credit card account type to manage activities on your credit card.</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Cash</b>\n"
"\n"
"Use the cash account type to manage activities in your wallet.</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Loan</b>\n"
"Use the loan account type to manage amortization loans (e.g. mortgages, car loan, money you lend, private loans etc.).</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Investment</b>\n"
"Use the investment account to manage your stock, mutual fund and other investments.</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Asset</b>\n"
"Use the asset account type to manage assets (e.g. your house, car or art collection).</p>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Liability</b>\n"
"Use the liability account type to manage any type of liability except amortization loans. Use it for taxes you owe or money you borrowed from friends. For amortization loans like mortgages you should create a loan account.</p>"
"<p>The opening date would be the date of the last statement. In case you want to keep track of transactions prior to this date, enter the ending balance and statement date of a prior statement and add all following transactions into KMyMoney. KMyMoney will not allow you to enter or modify transactions prior to this date.</p>"
"\n"
"<p><i>Note</i>: If you do not know the exact amount of the opening balance, enter an estimate. You can change this value later before you reconcile this account for the first time.</p>"
"<p>The opening balance is the balance of the account when you start using it with KMyMoney. For new accounts this is usually 0 but for existing accounts this may well differ. Please consult the account statements to figure out this value. The opening balance is to be provided in the currency of the account as selected with the currency button.</p>"
"\n"
"<p><i>Note</i>: If you do not know the exact amount of the opening balance, enter an estimate. You can change this value later before you reconcile this account for the first time.</p>"
msgid "For foreign currencies an initial conversion rate needs to be provided. This should be the price of the foreign currency in the base currency on the opening date of the account."
"Does this investment account have a brokerage account?"
"<p>\n"
"\n"
"<b>Check</b> the mark if this investment account has an associated account for money that is not invested.<br>"
"\n"
"\n"
"<b>Uncheck</b> it if you do not use this account for active stock brokerage. You should also uncheck it if the account is not maintained by a bank or broker."
msgid "For credit card accounts you can create a monthly schedule which will automatically remind you about the payment. Please fill in the details about this payment here."
"<qt>Select which transactions should be recorded.\n"
"\n"
"<b>All payments</b> allows you to enter all payments made for this loan.\n"
"\n"
"The option to <b>start from the beginning of the current year</b> is meant for loans that have already been active for a longer period of time, and for which you do not want to enter all past transactions.\n"
msgid "You have selected to record only payments from the beginning of this year. Since prior transactions will not be recorded, you need to supply the balance of the loan on January 1st of this year."
msgid "Select the frequency with which the interest is compounded. If uncertain, select the same as the payment frequency. Consult your loan contract for details."
"If this account is managed by an institution please select the institution from the list. If the institution does not exist yet, please choose the <b>New Institution</b> button to create it. Otherwise, leave this field empty.\n"
"Enter the account number used by the institution to identify the account."
"You can enter the IBAN (International Bank Account Number) into this field if you know it. Usually, people at your institution can tell you the number or it is printed on your statements.\n"
"\n"
"See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Bank_Account_Number for more information.\n"
"\n"
"KMyMoney keeps this field only for documentation purposes and does not use it otherwise."
msgid "Now enter the details for your loan. You can leave one of the fields empty and KMyMoney will calculate it when you press the <b>Calculate</b> button. Before you can continue with the next page you also need to press <b>Calculate</b> so that KMyMoney can check the logical correctness of the values you have supplied."
msgid "Enter the amount of the loan in this field. If you want to calculate this field out of the other parameters, please leave it empty. If the field is marked as required (colored background) you have informed KMyMoney about the fact that there were already some payments towards the loan. In this case, please enter the ending balance of your last statement."
msgid "Please enter the term of this loan or enter 0 to calculate it. The term is the time that is required to fully repay the loan. This time might be different from the time your loan contract is signed for."
msgid "Pressing this button calculates a possibly missing parameter for your loan or verifies that the values entered match. If something is not correct you will receive information about it."
msgid "Now enter the information required for the periodic loan payments. If your regular payments contains any additional fees, click on the <b>Additional fees</b> button to enter them."
"If this loan is for an asset, such as a car or a house, you can create the asset account now. An asset account represents the total value of an asset. The money from this loan will be transferred into the asset account you create or select.\n"
"If this loan is a 'consumer loan' (money to use however you want), you can use a checking account instead."
"KMyMoney creates a schedule for this payment and reminds you whenever a payment must be made. Please select the account to/from which payments will be made and the category the interest will be assigned to."
"<p>\n"
"If you selected to record all payments this date has already been supplied. If you selected to record only this years payments, then the <b>First payment due date</b> is the date of the first payment made in this year."
msgid "The category the interest part of the payment will be assigned to. If you borrow money you usually have to pay interest, so this should be an expense category. If you lend the money, you receive the interest. In this case, select an income category here."
msgid "Select the account from which you make your periodical payments or where you receive regular payments in case you lend the money. In most cases, this is a checking account."
msgid "The first step in this process requires to select the type of investment. The following steps collect more details about the investment from you."
msgid "Select an online source and click <b>Finish</b> to store the investment data. If you do not want to use online updates, just leave the data as is."
"KMyMoney has calculated the loan as shown in the overview below. You can accept these values by selecting \"Next\" or change them by choosing \"Back\" to return to the input field for the information you want to change."
"Please enter the term of this loan or leave the field empty to calculate it. The term is the time that is required to fully repay the loan. This time might be different from the time your loan contract is signed for."
msgid "Please enter the date from which on the following changes will be effective. The date entered must be later than the opening date of this account (%1), but must not be in the future. The default will be today."
msgid "Note: Consult the loan contract for details of the first due date. Keep in mind, that the first due date usually differs from the date the contract was signed"
"Is the interest of this loan fixed over a period of time or is it adapted from time to time? If the interest rate changes during the amortization phase of the loan you should choose the option 'variable interest rate'."
msgid "Note: you will not be able to modify this account today, because the opening date \"%1\" is in the future. Please revisit this dialog when the time has come."
msgid "Your previous selection was \"%1\". If you select another option, KMyMoney will dismiss the changes you have just entered. Do you wish to proceed?"
msgid "The loan wizard is unable to calculate two different values for your loan at the same time. Please enter a value for the %1 on this page or backup to the page where the current value to be calculated is defined and fill in a value."
msgid "You selected, that payments have already been made towards this loan. This requires you to enter the loan amount exactly as found on your last statement."
msgid "You have entered mis-matching information. Please backup to the appropriate page and update your figures or leave one value empty to let KMyMoney calculate it for you"
"Welcome to the New Loan Account Wizard which will guide you through the creation of a new loan e.g. for your home, your car or any other loan that you pay or gain interest for.\n"
"\n"
"Please make sure that you have the relevant information handy. You usually get the information out of your contract and the last statement."
"KMyMoney either calculates the new interest rate or the amount for principal and interest. If you know the amount for principal and interest then enter it here.\n"
"\n"
"If KMyMoney should calculate this value for you, then leave the field blank."
"KMyMoney will create a schedule for this payment and reminds you whenever a payment must be made."
"<p>\n"
"If you selected to record all payments this date has already been supplied. If you selected to record only this years payments, then the <b>First payment due date</b> is the date of the first payment made in this year."
"KMyMoney has calculated the loan as shown below. If you want to accept these values use the \"Finish\" button to update your account, otherwise use the \"Back\" button to modify your settings."
"This page summarizes the data you entered. If you need to modify anything, please use the \"Back\" button to go to respective page. Otherwise use the \"Finish\" button to create the account."
msgid "A typical KMyMoney user maintains a checking account with some institution and uses it to receive money or pay bills. If this is not the case, please deselect the checkbox below and continue on the next page."
msgid "Enter the date from when on you plan to keep track of the transactions in that account. This is usually the date of the last statement. If uncertain, leave as is."
msgid "The fields below allow you to enter some information about your checking account. Once this wizard finishes, the account will be created for you within KMyMoney."
msgid "KMyMoney supports multiple currencies. Your reports will be based on a default currency which you can select here. The default for new accounts is also the currency you select here."
msgid "KMyMoney will store your financial data in a file on the disk. A standard filename within your user environment will be the default. This is just provided for convenience and you can choose any other location here."
msgid "This finishes the setup of your KMyMoney environment. You can now press the Finish button and start using KMyMoney to record your financial transactions."
"You have started KMyMoney for the first time on this computer. Before this program can help you to manage your finances, it needs to collect some data from you."
"<p>\n"
"\n"
"On the next few pages you will be guided through the steps necessary to setup the program. This will happen only once."
msgid "<p>KMyMoney can encrypt your datafile using GPG Encryption. GPG encryption is one of the most secure methods in the world for protecting data. All of your account numbers and other important financial information will be very secure.</p>"
msgid "If you would like to review or change any preference settings for KMyMoney after finishing this wizard, you can do so by checking this box. If not just click <b>Next</b>."
msgid "You can change the configuration options at any time using the configuration dialog. Just select the <b>Configure KMyMoney...</b> option in the <b>Settings</b> menu."
msgid "Select groups of accounts that correspond to the ways that you will use KMyMoney. Each group you select will cause several accounts and categories to be created. Select the groups that are relevant to you. You can always create additional accounts manually later."
msgid "KMyMoney supports multiple currencies, nevertheless one of them will be used as your base currency. The base currency is used as default for new accounts and reports. Please select the base currency from the following list."
msgctxt "These are the suffix strings of the days in the calendar view; please make sure that you keep all the 30 separators (the '-' character) when translating"
msgid "KMyMoney will store your financial data in a file on the disk. A standard filename within your KDE user environment will be the default. This is just provided for convenience and you can choose any other location here."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">this list allows you to open bookmarked pages</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Ctrl</span> to open in a new page</p>"
msgctxt "Action allowing the user to change his document password"
msgid "Change password..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:125
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Splash screen message"
msgid "Opening file %1..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Noun, a file as in a text file"
msgid "File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:238
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File Management, as in Save File, Save As..."
msgid "File management"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:244
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Description of a tip"
msgid "<p>... the last opened file can be <a href=\"skg://tab_configure?page=File plugin\">open automatically</a> when the application is launched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Description of a tip"
msgid "<p>... you can secure your document with a <a href=\"skg://file_change_password\">password</a>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Successful message after creating a document"
msgid "Document successfully created."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:272
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Error message: Could not create a document"
msgid "Document creation failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Successfully saved a file"
msgid "File successfully saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:298
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Error message: Could not save a file"
msgid "Cannot save file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Associated with the file extension : for example, .csv --> CSV document"
msgid "%1 document"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Successfully saved a file"
msgid "File '%1' saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:340
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Error message: Could not save a file"
msgid "Failed to save '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:374
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Panel title"
msgid "Open file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgctxt "File format for open dialog panel"
msgid "%1 document"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:383
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Warning message"
msgid "Your document has been restored from its temporary file. You can decide to reopen the original document."
msgctxt "The user did not provide the correct password"
msgid "<b>Wrong password.</b>\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:485
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Successfully opened a file"
msgid "File '%1' opened."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:521
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Error message: Could not open a file"
msgid "Failed to open '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:529
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Noun"
msgid "Try a recovery"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:552
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Positive message"
msgid ""
"Your document has been recovered here: %1\n"
"Take care the recovery could be not perfect"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:553
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Noun"
msgid "Open the recovered file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:572
#, kde-format
msgid "Take care, if you lose your <b>password</b> then it will be <u><b>impossible</b></u> to open your document. Warning, this action can not be undone excepted by changing the password again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:574
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Successfully changed the document password"
msgid "Changing password was canceled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:580
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Successfully changed the document password"
msgid "Password changed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:582
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Error message: Could not change the document password"
msgid "Failed to change password."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:602
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Advice to the user that he should backup his document"
msgid "Backup your document"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: plugins/generic/skg_file/skgfileplugin.cpp:603
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Explain the user that he should backup his document"
msgid "Do not forget to backup your document on another device."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">The number of undoable actions to keep in the history. If you want to keep <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">all</span> actions in the history, set this to <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">-1</span>, but be warned that the file size will increase steeply.</p>"
msgid "Columns date and amount not found. Set import parameters in settings (Configure Skrooge... / Import/Export / CSV / Edit regular expressions...)."
msgctxt "Information on an account's status : Balance is the current amount of money on the account, Checked is the amount of money on your last bank's statement, To be Checked is the differences between these two values"
msgid "Today balance : %1 Balance : %2 Checked : %3 To be Checked : %4"
msgctxt "Information on an account's status : Balance is the current amount of money on the account, Checked is the amount of money on your last bank's statement, To be Checked is the differences between these two values"
"</style></head><body style=\" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;\">\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Amount of the operation.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">You can enter expressions here, such as <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">3+4*2</span>, skrooge will compute the result (<span style=\" font-style:italic;\">11</span>)</p>"
msgctxt "List of categories.It is not needed to translate each item. You can set the list you want. ';' must be used to separate categories. ' > ' must be used to separate categorie and sub caterogie (no limit of level)."
msgid "Alimony;Auto;Auto > Fuel;Auto > Insurance;Auto > Lease;Auto > Loan;Auto > Registration;Auto > Service;Bank Charges;Bank Charges > Interest Paid;Bank Charges > Service Charge;Bills;Bills > Electricity;Bills > Fuel Oil;Bills > Local Taxes;Bills > Mortgage;Bills > Natural Gas;Bills > Rent;Bills > TV;Bills > Telephone;Bills > Water & Sewage;Bonus;Business;Business > Auto;Business > Capital Goods;Business > Legal Expenses;Business > Office Rent;Business > Office Supplies;Business > Other;Business > Revenue;Business > Taxes;Business > Travel;Business > Utilities;Business > Wages & Salary;Car;Car > Fuel;Car > Insurance;Car > Lease;Car > Loan;Car > Registration;Car > Service;Cash Withdrawal;Charity;Charity > Donations;Child Care;Child Support;Clothing;Disability;Div Income;Div Income > Ord dividend;Div Income > Stock dividend;Education;Education > Board;Education > Books;Education > Fees;Education > Loans;Education > Tuition;Employment;Employment > Benefits;Employment > Foreign;Employment > Lump sums;Employment > Other employ;Employment > Salary & wages;Food;Food > Dining Out;Food > Groceries;Gardening;Gift Received;Gifts;Healthcare;Healthcare > Dental;Healthcare > Doctor;Healthcare > Hospital;Healthcare > Optician;Healthcare > Prescriptions;Holidays;Holidays > Accomodation;Holidays > Travel;Household;Household > Furnishings;Household > Repairs;Insurance;Insurance > Auto;Insurance > Disability;Insurance > Home and Contents;Insurance > Life;Insurance > Medical;Int Inc;Int Inc > Bank Interest;Int Inc > Gross;Int Inc > Net;Int Inc > Other savings;Invest. income;Invest. income > 1st option;Invest. income > Dividend;Invest. income > Foreign;Invest. income > Other savings;Invest. income > Other trusts;Invest. income > Other trusts#Capital;Invest. income > Other trusts#Dist. rec'd;Invest. income > Other trusts#Estate;Investment Income;Investment Income > Dividends;Investment Income > Interest;Investment Income > Long-Term Capital Gains;Investment Income > Short-Term Capital Gains;Investment Income > Tax-Exempt Interest;Job Expense;Job Expense > Non-Reimbursed;Job Expense > Reimbursed;Legal Fees;Leisure;Leisure > Books & Magazines;Leisure > Entertaining;Leisure > Films & Video Rentals;Leisure > Hobbies;Leisure > Sporting Events;Leisure > Sports Goods;Leisure > Tapes & CDs;Leisure > Theatre & Concerts etc;Leisure > Toys & Games;Loan;Loan > Loan Interest;Long-Term Capital gains;Mortgage;Mortgage > Interest;Mortgage > PMI;Mortgage > Principle;Motor;Motor > Fuel;Motor > Loan;Motor > Service;Other Expense;Other Expense > Unknown;Other Income;Other Income > Child Support;Other Income > Employee Share Option;Other Income > Gifts Received;Other Income > Loan Principal Received;Other Income > Lottery or Premium Bond Prizes;Other Income > Student loan;Other Income > Tax Refund;Other Income > Unemployment Benefit;Pension;Pension > Employer;Personal Care;Pet Care;Pet Care > Food;Pet Care > Supplies;Pet Care > Vet's Bills;Recreation;Retirement Accounts;Retirement Accounts > 401(k)403(b) Plan Contributions;Retirement Accounts > 529 Plan Contributions;Retirement Accounts > IRA Contributions;Retirement Income;Retirement Income > 401(k);Retirement Income > 401(k) > 403(b) Distributions;Retirement Income > IRA Distributions;Retirement Income > Pensions & Annuities;Retirement Income > State Pension Benefits;Short-Term Capital gains;Social Security Benefits;Taxes;Taxes > AMT;Taxes > Federal Tax;Taxes > Federal Taxes;Taxes > Local Tax;Taxes > Local Taxes;Taxes > Other Invest;Taxes > Other Tax;Taxes > Property Taxes;Taxes > Social Security;Taxes > State Tax;Taxes > State Taxes;Travel;Travel > Accomodations;Travel > Car Rental;Travel > Fares;Utilities;Utilities > Electricity;Utilities > Garbage & Recycling;Utilities > Gas;Utilities > Sewer;Utilities > Telephone;Utilities > Water;Wages & Salary;Wages & Salary > Benefits;Wages & Salary > Bonus;Wages & Salary > Commission;Wages & Salary > Employer Pension Contributions;Wages & Salary > Gross Pay;Wages & Salary > Net Pay;Wages & Salary > Overtime;Wages & Salary > Workman's Comp"
msgid "<p>... if you delete a <a href=\"skg://skrooge_categories_plugin\">category</a>, all operations affected by this category will be associated to its parent category.</p>"
msgid "<p>... skrooge is able to detect <a href=\"skg://tab_configure?page=Skrooge import and export plugin\">automatically</a> transfers after an import.</p>"
msgid "<p>... you can customize your CSV import with regular expressions defined in <a href=\"skg://tab_configure?page=Skrooge import and export plugin\">setting</a> panel.</p>"
msgid "<p>... you can export some accounts or operations just be selecting them before to launch the <a href=\"skg://export\">export_operation</a>.</p>"
msgid "After importing operations, you should review them, make corrections on, for instance, category, payee. Once done, you should mark the imported operation as validated, so that you know the operation has been fully processed."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"> Must be a string containing following key words separated by <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">|</span>:</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-size:9pt;\"> or anything else to import the column as a property.</span></p>"
msgid "<p>... you have to indicate the sign of an <a href=\"skg://skrooge_operation_plugin\">operation</a> only if you want to force it, else it will be determined automatically with the <a href=\"skg://skrooge_category_plugin\">category</a>.</p>"
msgid "Your account '%1' contains more than one operation with number %2.The operation number should be unique (check number, transaction reference...)"
msgid "Do not forget to reconciliate your accounts. By doing so, you acknowledge that your bank has indeed processed these operations on your account. This is how you enforce compliance with your bank's statements. See online help for more details"
msgid "When a transfer is created and when only one part of this transfer is removed, the second part is in a group of only one operation. This makes no sense."
"</style></head><body style=\" font-family:'Bitstream Vera Sans'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;\">\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">A <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Tracker</span> is a way to group some operations together. For example, you may use it to follow refunds.</p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">You will find more information on this in the documentation in the chapter \"Trackers\".</p>"
msgid "<p>... <a href=\"skg://skrooge_unit_plugin\">units</a> can be downloaded <a href=\"skg://tab_configure?page=Skrooge Unit Plugin\">automatically</a> when a document is opened.</p>"
msgid "To avoid misunderstanding and conflicts between units at conversion time, you should define a primary currency. It is the currency against which all other will be converted"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:10pt;\">You can add \" /\" if you are not able to download the expected quote but you are able to download the inverse.</span></p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:10pt; text-decoration: underline;\">Example:</span><span style=\" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:10pt;\"> EURUSD=X is the symbol to download EURO in USD.</span></p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:10pt;\">If you want USD in EURO, you have to create a unit USD with \"EURUSD=X /\" as the Internet code.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:10pt;\">This field can also be set with a yearly rate. The values are computed by clicking on download.<br />"
"Example:</span></p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'DejaVu Sans'; font-size:10pt;\">=-25 means -25% per year.</span></p>"
"<p>Searching is case-insensitive. So table, Table, and TABLE are all the same.<br/>"
"If you just put a word or series of words in the search box, the application will filter the table to keep all lines having these words (logical operator AND). <br/>"
"If you want to add (logical operator OR) some lines, you must prefix your word by '+'.<br/>"
"If you want to remove (logical operator NOT) some lines, you must prefix your word by '-'.<br/>"
"If you want to search only on some columns, you must prefix your word by the beginning of column name like: col1:word.<br/>"
"If you want to search only on one column, you must prefix your word by the column name and a dot like: col1.:word.<br/>"
"If you want to use the character ':' in value, you must specify the column name like this: col1:value:rest.<br/>"
"If you want to search for a phrase or something that contains spaces, you must put it in quotes, like: 'yes, this is a phrase'.</p>"
"<p>You can also use operators '<', '>', '<=', '>=', '=' and '#' (for regular expression).</p>"
msgid "Reference unit of a unit cannot be itself."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skgbankmodeler/skgunitobject.cpp:1932
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Progression step"
msgid "Simplify unit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skgbankmodeler/skgunitobject.cpp:1935
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Progression step"
msgid "Analyze unit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skgbankmodeler/skgunitobject.cpp:1974
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Progression step"
msgid "Remove useless values"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skgbankmodeler/skgunitobject.cpp:2117
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Error message"
msgid "Invalid ratio. Ratio must be greater than 0."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skgbankmodeler/skgunitobject.cpp:2161
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Description test for a text file used to define a source of download"
msgid "The URL or the SCRIPT of the source. %1 will be replaced by the internet code of the unit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skgbankmodeler/skgunitobject.cpp:2163
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Description test for a text file used to define a source of download"
msgid "%1 will be replaced by the current day in format yyyy-MM-dd"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skgbankmodeler/skgunitobject.cpp:2165
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Description test for a text file used to define a source of download"
msgid "%1 will be replaced by the previous date in format yyyy-MM-dd"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skgbankmodeler/skgunitobject.cpp:2172
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Description test for a text file used to define a source of download"
msgid "The mode (HTML or CSV or CSVR). In HTML mode, only one value will be extracted from downloaded page. In CSV mode, a value per line will be extracted. CSVR means CSV in reverse mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skgbankmodeler/skgunitobject.cpp:2176
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Description test for a text file used to define a source of download"
msgid "The regular expression for the price (see %1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skgbankmodeler/skgunitobject.cpp:2180
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Description test for a text file used to define a source of download"
msgid "The regular expression for the date (see %1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: skgbankmodeler/skgunitobject.cpp:2184
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Description test for a text file used to define a source of download"
msgid "The format of the date (see %1) or \"UNIX\" for unix time"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">this list allows you to open new pages</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Ctrl</span> to open in a new page</p>"
"This document is protected by a password but the database is still in SQLite mode.\n"
"Do you know that the SQLCipher mode is more secured because even the temporary file is encrypted?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1501
+#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1504
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Information message"
msgid "A security hole has been detected and corrected on this version of the application. We strongly encourage you to change your password."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1507
+#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1510
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Popup message"
msgid "The migration failed but the document has been loaded without error because debug mode is activated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1511
+#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1514
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The document has been upgraded to the latest Skrooge version format"
msgid "The document has been migrated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1537
+#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1540
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Error message"
msgid "This application can not run correctly because the %3 version of the system (%1) is not aligned with the %4 version embedded in Qt (%2). You should rebuild Qt with the option -system-sqlite."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1583
+#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1586
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Error message: Can not save a file if it has no name yet"
msgid "Save not authorized because the file name is not yet defined"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1601
+#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1604
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Cannot save the file while the application is still performing an SQL transaction"
msgid "Save is forbidden if a transaction is still opened"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1621
+#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1624
#, kde-format
msgctxt "There is already a file with the same name"
msgid "File '%1' already exist"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1635
+#: skgbasemodeler/skgdocument.cpp:1638
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Error message: Could not create a backup file"
msgid "The application name is inspired by Charles Dicken's tale <i>A Christmas Carol</i>, where the main character, Ebenezer Scrooge, a grumpy old narrow man, gets visited by three ghosts who change the way he sees the world, in a good way."
msgid "By default, when you place a call, Ring will use the first account in this list which is \"registered\". Change the order of the accounts using the \"Up\" and \"Down\" arrows. Enable/disable them by checking/unchecking them on the left of the item. Add or remove some with \"Plus\" and \"Sub\" buttons. Edit the selected account with the form on the right."
msgid "By default, when you place a call, Ring will use the first account in this list which is \"registered\". Change the order of the accounts using the \"Up\" and \"Down\" arrows."
msgid "This button will remove the selected account in the list below. Be sure you really don't need it anymore. If you think you might use it again later, just uncheck it."
msgid "By default, when you place a call, sflphone will use the first account in this list which is \"registered\". Change the order of the accounts using the \"Up\" and \"Down\" arrows."
msgid "Move the codecs up and down to alter the priority. Ring recommend Opus for audio and H264 for video. In case of problems, PCMA is the most widely supported audio codec and H263 the most supported video codec."
msgid "This tab help manage accounts with multiple credentials. If you have multiple accounts. Do not use this feature, just create multiple accounts in Ring-KDE. Nor use this dialog if you only have one set of credentials. In that case, the \"Basic\" tab will provide everything you need."
msgid "A good security practice is to move the certificates to a common directory. SELinux recommend ~/.cert for this. Do you wish to move the certificate there?"
"<p>Akonadi 2, the version compatible with the KDE frameworks 5 is not released yet. Therefore, at this point, Ring-KDE cannot be integrated with KAddressBook.</p>"
"<p>However, it is possible to integrate the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">KDE4</span> version KAddressbook with Ring-KDE. To do this:</p>"
"<p>(1) Open <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">KAddressBook </span>and File->New->Add Address Book</p>"
"<p>(2) Select \"vCard directory\"</p>"
"<p>(3) Select the \"/home/<span style=\" font-style:italic;\">your_user_name</span>/.local/share/ring-kde/vCard\" folder</p>"
"<p>(4) Press OK</p>"
"<p>It will now be possible to access and edit your contacts from KAddressBook</p>"
msgid "This entry holds all the contact information sent to you by your peers during calls or contact requests. If a contact already exists for a person, the options below will help merge entries."
"An unknown error occurred. Ring KDE will now exit. If the problem persist, please report a bug.\n"
"\n"
"It is known that this message can be caused by trying to open Ring KDE while the Ring daemon is exiting. If so, waiting 15 seconds and trying again will solve the issue."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/errormessage.cpp:27
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The Ring daemon (dring) is not available. Please be sure it is installed correctly or launch it manually. \n"
"\n"
"Check in your distribution repository if the Ring daemon (sometime called \"ring-daemon\") is available.\n"
"Help for building Ring daemon from source are present at https://projects.savoirfairelinux.com/projects/sflphone/wiki/How_to_build"
msgid "This dialog is an overview of Ring-KDE phonebook. Some elements may exist multiple times if they are associated with multiple accounts or contacts. The elements present in this table come from the history, contacts and other sources."
msgid "Please enter an username (3 characters minimum)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/CreateRing.qml:366
#, kde-format
msgid "The registered name lookup failed, ignoring"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/CreateRing.qml:370
#, kde-format
msgid "The username is not available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/CreateRing.qml:394
#, kde-format
msgid "Success"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/CreateRing.qml:399
#, kde-format
msgid "Password mismatch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/CreateRing.qml:402
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/CreateRing.qml:405
#, kde-format
msgid "Already taken"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/CreateRing.qml:408
#, kde-format
msgid "Network error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/CreateRing.qml:427
#, kde-format
msgid "Can't register"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/ImportRing.qml:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Link this device"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/ImportRing.qml:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter your main Ring account password"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/ImportRing.qml:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the PIN number from another configured Ring account. Use the \"Export account on Ring\" feature to obtain a PIN."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/ImportRing.qml:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Importing account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/ImportRing.qml:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Importing failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/Page1Form.ui.qml:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Welcome to Ring-KDE. Before you can contact your friend, you have to have an account. Don't worry, creating one is easy and doesn't require sharing any personal information. If you are in an office or your phone service provider offers a SIP account, you can also configure Ring-KDE to take your \"real\" phone calls."
msgid "Ring-KDE allows you to communicate privately with your friends. It uses peer to peer technologies popularised by BitTorrent to create a decentralized network of users. There is no central server and all communications are end-to-end encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/StartingPageForm.ui.qml:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Ring-KDE stores all data locally using standard formats such as JSON, vCard, MIME, PCM/WAV, INI and X-509. No data is ever uploaded to external servers."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/StartingPageForm.ui.qml:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Ring-KDE supports your office phone account. Answers, transfer and record your phone calls directly from KDE."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/StartingPageForm.ui.qml:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Ring is based on open standards and it can interoperate with other SIP compliant systems."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/StartingPageForm.ui.qml:172
#, kde-format
msgid "Ring offers an user friendly DBus API to automate all aspects of the application."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/wizard/qml/StartingPageForm.ui.qml:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Ring-KDE can call real phone numbers. Cheap credits are available from thousand of providers worldwide. Use your favorite search engine to locate a local SIP phone provider."
msgid "No filename given. Your data was NOT saved. Do you still want to proceed?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/rksaveagent.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Saving to file '%1' failed. What do you want to do?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/rksaveagent.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Save failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/rksaveagent.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Try saving with a different filename"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/rksaveagent.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Saving failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/rksaveagent.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "Saving to file '%1' failed. Do you want to try saving to a different filename?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:41
#: rkward/misc/rkprogresscontrol.cpp:372
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:624
#, kde-format
msgid "Done"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"A command running in the R-engine wants you to see the following file(s):"
"<ul>"
"<li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "A command running in the R-engine wants you to see the following file(s):\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Showing file(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"A command running in the R-engine wants you to edit the following file(s). Please look at these files, edit them as appropriate, and save them. When done, press the \"Done\"-button, or close this dialog to resume."
"<ul>"
"<li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"A command running in the R-engine wants you to edit one or more file(s). Please look at these files, edit them as appropriate, and save them. When done, press the \"Done\"-button, or close this dialog to resume.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/agents/showedittextfileagent.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit file(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/renvironmentobject.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "This section contains data in your \"workspace\". This is data that you created or imported, in contrast to data contained in a loaded R package. Technically, this corresponds to the <i>.GlobalEnv</i> environment."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/renvironmentobject.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The package '%1' (probably you just loaded it) is currently blacklisted for retrieving structure information. Practically this means, the objects in this package will not appear in the object browser, and there will be no object name completion or function argument hinting for objects in this package.\n"
"Packages will typically be blacklisted, if they contain huge amount of data, that would take too long to load. To unlist the package, visit Settings->Configure RKWard->Workspace."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/renvironmentobject.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Package blacklisted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/rkmodificationtracker.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "The object '%1' was removed from workspace or changed to a different type of object, but is currently opened for editing. Do you want to restore it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/rkmodificationtracker.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Restore object?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/rkmodificationtracker.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to remove the object '%1'? The object is currently opened for editing, it will be removed in the editor, too. There's no way to get it back."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/rkmodificationtracker.cpp:83
#: rkward/core/rkmodificationtracker.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove object?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/rkmodificationtracker.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to remove the object '%1'? There's no way to get it back."
msgctxt "Note: 'namespace' is a technical term, should not be translated"
msgid "Orphan Namespaces"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/rkpseudoobjects.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "This special object does not actually exist anywhere in R. It is used, here, to list namespaces which are loaded, but not attached to a package on the search path. These are typically 'imported' namespaces."
msgid "This section contains environments that are not part of <i>.GlobalEnv</i> / your \"workspace\". Most importantly, this includes loaded packages, but also objects added to R's <i>search()<i>-path using <i>attach()</i>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/robjectlist.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Did not unload package %1. It is required in RKWard. If you really want to do this, do so on the R Console."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/core/robjectlist.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Package %1 appears not to have been loaded"
msgctxt "verb: switch to read-only state. Make this short."
msgid "Lock"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Disable editing (to prevent accidental modification of data)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgctxt "verb: switch to read-write state. Make this short."
msgid "Unlock"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgid "The editor '%1' contains the following duplicate columns. Editing this table may not be safe, and has been disabled. You may re-enable editing if you know what you are doing, but you are strongly advised to fix the table, and/or backup your data, first."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate columns detected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 [read-only]"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:272
#, kde-format
msgid "Insert new variable left"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete this variable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:286
#, kde-format
msgid "Insert new case above (at %1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete marked rows (%1-%2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete this row (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dataeditor/twintable.cpp:425
#, kde-format
msgid "Inserting clipboard contents..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "Reporting bugs in RKWard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>Where should I report bugs or wishes?</b></p>"
"<p>Thank you for taking the time to help improve RKWard. To help us handle your request, efficiently, please submit your bug reports or wishes in the <a href=\"%1\">KDE bugtracking system</a>. Note that you need a user account for this, so that we will be able to contact you, for follow-up questions. <b>If you do not have an account, please <a href=\"%2\">create one</a>, first.</b></p>"
"<p>In case this is not possible for some reason, refer to <a href=\"%3\">%3</a> for alternative ways of reporting issues.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>What information should I provide, and how?</b></p>"
"Clicking \"Report issue\" will take you to the KDE bugtracking system. After logging in, some information will already be pre-filled into the report form. Please make sure to fill in the missing bits - in English - where indicated, especially in the \"Comment\" field.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Report issue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Forwarding you to the KDE bugtracking system"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "You are now being forwarded to the KDE bugtracking system. Should you continue to see this page for more than a few seconds (e.g. if JavaScript is disabled), please click \"Proceed\", below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Proceed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Report As Bug"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Message code: %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"---Problem description---\n"
"Please fill in the missing bits *in English*.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Please give a brief summary on the problem:\n"
"###Please fill in###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"I encountered the error message quoted below. Additionally, I saw the following symptoms:\n"
"###Please fill in (if applicable)###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"What - in detail - did you do directly before you encountered this problem?\n"
"###Please fill in###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"When you try to repeat the above, does the problem occur again (no, sometimes, always)?\n"
"###Please fill in###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"If applicable: When doing the same thing in an R session outside of RKWard, do you see the same problem?\n"
"###Please fill in###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Do you have any further information that might help us to track this problem down? In particular, if applicable, can you provide sample data and sample R code to reproduce this problem?\n"
"###Please fill in###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"RKWard is available in many different packagings, and sometimes problems are specific to one method of installation. How did you install RKWard (which file(s) did you download)?\n"
"###Please fill in###\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Please stand by while gathering some information on your setup.\n"
"In case the backend has died or hung up, you may want to press 'Cancel' to skip this step."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkerrordialog.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Gathering setup information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkimportdialog.cpp:35
#, kde-format
msgid "File format:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkimportdialog.cpp:38
#, kde-format
msgid "No plugins defined for context '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkimportdialog.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "All Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure Packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Load / Unload R packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Install / Update / Remove R packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Manage RKWard Plugins"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:204
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:211
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "Package %1 at %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "The following packages, which you have selected for removal, are essential to the operation of RKWard, and will not be removed. If you are absolutely sure, that you want to remove these packages, please do so on the R command line."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "Not removing certain packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Your current user permissions do not allow removing the following packages. These will be skipped."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:223
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgid "Insufficient user permissions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgid "Your current user permissions do not allow removing the following packages. Do you want to skip these packages, or do you want to proceed with administrator privileges (you will be prompted for the password)?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "You are about to remove the following packages. Are you sure you want to proceed?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "About to remove packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Please stand by while removing selected packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Removing packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Selected library location not writable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The directory you have selected for installation (%1) is not writable with your current user permissions.</p>"
"<p>Would you like to install to %2, instead (you can also press \"Cancel\" and use the \"Configure Repositories\"-button to set up a different directory)?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Alternatively, if you have access to an administrator account on this machine, you can use that to install the package(s), or you could change the permissions of '%1'. Sorry, automatic switching to Administrator is not yet supported in RKWard on Windows.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:284
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Install to %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Alternatively, if you are the administrator of this machine, you can try to install the packages as root (you'll be prompted for the root password).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Become root"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:320
#, kde-format
msgid "Please stand by while installing selected packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:320
#, kde-format
msgid "Installing packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:403
#, kde-format
msgid "Installation process died with exit code %1"
msgid "There has been an error while trying to load / unload packages. See transcript below for details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:594
#, kde-format
msgid "Error while handling packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:702
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:703
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Many packages are available on CRAN (Comprehensive R Archive Network), and other repositories.<br>"
"Click this to add more sources."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:710
#, kde-format
msgid "Show only packages matching:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:712
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can limit the packages displayed in the list to with names or titles matching a filter string.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:716
#, kde-format
msgid "Show only packages providing RKWard dialogs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:717
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Some but not all R packages come with plugins for RKWard. That means they provide a graphical user-interface in addition to R functions. Check this box to show only such packages.</p>"
"<p></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:721
#, kde-format
msgid "Select all updates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:791
#, kde-format
msgid "The package requested by the backend (\"%1\") was not found in the package repositories. Maybe the package name was mis-spelled. Or maybe you need to add additional repositories via the \"Configure Repositories\" button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:791
#, kde-format
msgid "Package not available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:864
#, kde-format
msgid "Install packages to:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:868
#, kde-format
msgid "Install suggested packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:870
#, kde-format
msgid "Some packages \"suggest\" additional packages, which are not strictly necessary for using that package, but which may provide additional related functionality. Check this option to include such additional suggested packages."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:955
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Please stand by while searching for installed and available packages.</p>"
"<p><strong>Note:</strong> This requires a working internet connection, and may take some time, esp. if one or more repositories are temporarily unavailable.</p>"
msgid "<p>Packages marked with an RKWard icon in this column provide enhancements to RKWard, typically in the form of additional graphical dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1025
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can select packages for installation / removal by checking / unchecking the corresponding boxes in this column.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1026
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The name of the package.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1027
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>A descriptive title for the package. Currently this is not available for packages in non-local repositories.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1028
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Installed and / or available version of the package</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1029
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Location where the package is installed / available</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1052
#, kde-format
msgid "Updateable Packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1053
#, kde-format
msgid "Packages for which an update is available. This may include packages which were merely built against a newer version of R."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1055
#, kde-format
msgid "New Packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1056
#, kde-format
msgid "Packages which are available for installation, but which are not currently installed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1058
#, kde-format
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1059
#, kde-format
msgid "Packages which are installed locally. Note that updates may be available for these packages."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1087
#, kde-format
msgid "Install"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1090
#: rkward/misc/multistringselector.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkloadlibsdialog.cpp:1275
#, kde-format
msgid "Installed plugin groups (.pluginmap files)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkreadlinedialog.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "Context:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Crash recovery file detected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>It looks like RKWard has crashed, recently. We are sorry about that! However, not everything is lost, and with a bit of luck, your data has been saved in time.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>A workspace recovery file exists, dating from <i>%2</i>.</p>"
msgid_plural "<p>%1 workspace recovery files exist, the most recent one of which dates from <i>%2</i>.</p>"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Do you want to open this file, now, save it for later (as <i>%1</i>), or discard it?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Recover"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "Saves the recovery file(s), and opens it (or the most recent one)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "Save for later"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/dialogs/rkrecoverdialog.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Saves the recovery file(s) for later use, but does not open it"
msgid "RKWard logo, many suggestions, help on wording"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "David Sibai"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Several valuable comments, hints and patches"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Ilias Soumpasis"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Translation, Suggestions, plugins"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "Ralf Tautenhahn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "Many comments, useful suggestions, and bug reports"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "Jannis Vajen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "German Translation, bug reports"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Roland Vollgraf"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Some patches"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid "Roy Qu"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid "patches and helpful comments"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Many more people on rkward-devel@kde.org"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Sorry, if we forgot to list you. Please contact us to get added"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "After starting (and after loading the specified workspace, if applicable), evaluate the given R code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid "Verbosity of debug messages (0-5)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid "Mask for components to debug (see debug.h)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/main.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgid "Where to send debug message (file|terminal)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "Debugger for the backend. (Enclose any debugger arguments in single quotes ('') together with the command. Make sure to re-direct stdout!)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Use specified R installation, instead of the one configured at compile time (note: rkward R library must be installed to that installation of R)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid "Reuse a running RKWard instance (if available). If a running instance is reused, only the file arguments will be interpreted, all other options will be ignored."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid "When used in conjunction with rkward://runplugin/-URLs specified on the command line, suppresses the warning about application-external (untrusted) links."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/main.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgid "File or files to open, typically a workspace, or an R script file. When loading several things, you should specify the workspace, first."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Left"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "Right"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Decimal Places"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Default setting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "As required"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Fixed precision:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editformatdialog.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Formatting options for '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editlabelsdialog.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Levels / Value labels for '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/editlabelsdialog.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "Levels can be assigned only to consecutive integers starting with 1 (the index column is read only). To remove levels at the end of the list, just set them to empty."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/multistringselector.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Filename"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/multistringselector.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/multistringselector.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/multistringselector.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkaccordiontable.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Click to add new row"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkaccordiontable.cpp:450
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove this row / element"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkcommonfunctions.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><em>Note:</em> This setting does not take effect until you restart RKWard.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkdynamicsearchline.cpp:34
#, kde-format
msgid "Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkdynamicsearchline.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> This search line accepts so-called regular expressions. To limit the search to matches at the start of the string, start the filter with '^', e.g. ('^rk.'). To limit searches to the end of the string, append '$' at the end of the filter. To match arbitrary text in the middle of the search term, insert '.*'.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkfindbar.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Search backwards (previous occurrence of search term)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkfindbar.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Search forward (next occurrence of search term)"
"<li><i>%1</i> means looking for matches in objects that are on the search path, only (in <i>.GlobalEnv</i> or a loaded package)</li>"
"<li><i>%2</i> includes direct child objects. In this case, the list will show matching objects on the search path, <i>and</i> objects on the search path that hold matching child objects.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgid "Show all objects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "Show functions, only"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid "Show objects excluding functions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgid "When looking for a particular function, you may want to exclude 'data' objects, and vice versa. This control allows you to limit the list to objects that are not (or do not contain) functions, or to those that are (or contain) functions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:334
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Width is limited, please opt for something that is not much longer than the English string. Simply 'Clear'/'Reset' should be good enough to understand the function."
msgid "Reset filters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:336
#, kde-format
msgid "Discards the current object search filters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkobjectlistview.cpp:498
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Fields"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/misc/rkprogresscontrol.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>There have been errors and / or warnings. See below for a transcript</b>"
msgid "You tried to invoke a plugin called '%1', but that plugin is currently unknown. Probably you need to load the corresponding PluginMap (Settings->Configure RKWard->Plugins), or perhaps the plugin was renamed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:475
#, kde-format
msgid "No such plugin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "Bad serialization format while trying to invoke plugin '%1'. Please contact the RKWard team (Help->About RKWard->Authors)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:485
#, kde-format
msgid "Bad serialization format while trying to invoke plugin '%1'. In general, this should not happen, unless you modified the parameters by hand. Please consider reporting this issue."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:487
#, kde-format
msgid "Bad serialization format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:510
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\n"
"The plugin has crashed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgid "Not all specified settings could be applied. Most likely this is because some R objects are no longer present in your current workspace."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:521
#, kde-format
msgid "Not all settings applied"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:534
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\n"
"The plugin could not be auto-submitted with these settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:536
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not submit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:577
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not open plugin map file %1. (Is not readble, or failed to parse)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:592
#, kde-format
msgid "Skipping plugin map file '%1': Not compatible with this version of RKWard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:607
#, kde-format
msgid "Specified required file '%1' does not exist or is not readable. Ignoring."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:625
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not resolve specified required pluginmap '%1'. You may have to install additional packages."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:659
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate declaration of component id \"%1\" within pluginmap file \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:665
#, kde-format
msgid "Specified file '%1' for component id \"%2\" does not exist or is not readable. Ignoring."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmap.cpp:681
#, kde-format
msgid "Component '%1' is not available in a version compatible with this version of RKWard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Copyright (c): %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Authors:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Author roles (contributor, etc.)"
msgid "Roles"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Translators:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard plugin map"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentmeta.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "R package"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentproperties.cpp:932
#, kde-format
msgid "This object has %1 dimension(s), but %2 dimension(s) is/are expected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentproperties.cpp:935
#, kde-format
msgid "This object has a length of %1, but a minimum length of %2 is expected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentproperties.cpp:936
#, kde-format
msgid "This object has a length of %1, but a maximum length of %2 is expected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentproperties.cpp:948
#, kde-format
msgid "This object does not appear to belong to any of the classes <i>%1</i>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkcomponentproperties.cpp:955
#, kde-format
msgid "This object's data type is <i>%1</i>, while expected type(s) is/are <i>%2</i>."
msgid "There has been an error while trying to parse the description of this plugin ('%1'). Please refer to stdout for details."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponent.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not create plugin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponent.cpp:677
#, kde-format
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:156
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "Code Preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:193
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:643
#, kde-format
msgid "Submit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:198
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:632
#, kde-format
msgid "Close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid "Auto close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:207
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:531
#, kde-format
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Wizard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>%1</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid "Run again"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid "Processing. Please wait"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:559
#, kde-format
msgid "Below you can preview the R commands corresponding to the settings you made. Click 'Submit' to run the commands."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:564
#, kde-format
msgid "Below you can preview the result of your settings, and the R commands to be run. Click 'Submit' to run the commands."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:620
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:638
#, kde-format
msgid "Next >"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:630
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:648
#, kde-format
msgid "< Back"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkstandardcomponentgui.cpp:651
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkvarselector.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Variable(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkvarselector.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "Show all environments"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkvarselector.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Show objects in all environments on the <i>search()</i> path, instead of just those in <i>.GlobalEnv</i>. Check this, if you want to select objects from a loaded package."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkvarselector.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Show filter options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkvarslot.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Variable:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/plugin/rkvarslot.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Using this object, here, may lead to failures or unexpected results, for the following reason(s):</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "Canceled"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "Command Chain"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Closed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "Waiting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Command Stack"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rcommandstack.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "The backend executable could not be found. This is likely to be a problem with your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "The backend executable could not be started. Error message was: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Error during handshake with backend process. Expected token '%1', received token '%2'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Version mismatch during handshake with backend process. Frontend is version '%1' while backend is '%2'.\n"
"Please fix your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "The backend process could not be started. Please check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "The backend process failed to start with exit code %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkfrontendtransmitter.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid "Backend process has exited with code %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrbackend.cpp:582
#, kde-format
msgid "The R engine has shut down with status: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrbackend.cpp:601
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The R engine has encountered a fatal error:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrbackend.cpp:770
#, kde-format
msgid "Message from the R backend"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrbackend.cpp:778
#, kde-format
msgid "Question from the R backend"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrbackend.cpp:1636
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"</p>"
"\t- The 'rkward' R-library either could not be loaded at all, or not in the correct version. This may lead to all sorts of errors, from single missing features to complete failure to function. The most likely cause is that the last installation did not place all files in the correct place. However, in some cases, left-overs from a previous installation that was not cleanly removed may be the cause.</p>"
"\t\t"
"<p><b>You should quit RKWard, now, and fix your installation</b>. For help with that, see <a href=\"http://rkward.kde.org/compiling\">http://rkward.kde.org/compiling</a>.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrbackend.cpp:1640
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>\t-There was a problem setting up the communication with R. Most likely this indicates a broken installation.</p>"
"\t\t"
"<p><b>You should quit RKWard, now, and fix your installation</b>. For help with that, see <a href=\"http://rkward.kde.org/compiling\">http://rkward.kde.org/compiling</a>.</p>"
"</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "R Startup"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>\t-An unspecified error occurred that is not yet handled by RKWard. Likely RKWard will not function properly. Please check your setup.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:333
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>There was a problem starting the R backend. The following error(s) occurred:</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid "Error starting R"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:576
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"A command in the R backend is trying to change the character encoding. While RKWard offers support for this, and will try to adjust to the new locale, this operation may cause subtle bugs, if data windows are currently open. Also the feature is not well tested, yet, and it may be advisable to save your workspace before proceeding.\n"
"If you have any data editor opened, or in any doubt, it is recommended to close those first (this will probably be auto-detected in later versions of RKWard). In this case, please choose 'Cancel' now, then close the data windows, save, and retry."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:576
#, kde-format
msgid "Locale change"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:749
#, kde-format
msgid "The R-backend has indicated that in order to carry out the current task it needs the package '%1', which is not currently installed. We will open the package-management tool, and there you can try to locate and install the needed package."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:749
#, kde-format
msgid "Require package '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:846
#, kde-format
msgid "R backend requests information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rbackend/rkrinterface.cpp:873
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"\n"
"The R backend will be shut down immediately. This means, you can not use any more functions that rely on it. I.e. you can do hardly anything at all, not even save the workspace (but if you're lucky, R already did that). What you can do, however, is save any open command-files, the output, or copy data out of open data editors. Quit RKWard after that. Sorry!"
msgid "There has been an error while trying to connect the on-screen graphics backend. This means, on-screen graphics using the RKWard device will not work in this session."
msgid "R history files [*.Rhistory] (*.Rhistory);;All files [*] (*)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:973
#, kde-format
msgid "Interrupt running command"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:980
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy selection literally"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:983
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy commands, only"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:990
#, kde-format
msgid "Print Console"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:997
#, kde-format
msgid "Import command history..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:999
#, kde-format
msgid "Export command history..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkconsole.cpp:1018
#, kde-format
msgid "You have configured RKWard to pipe script editor commands through the R Console. However, another command is currently active in the console. Do you want to append it to the command in the console, or do you want to reset the console, first? Press cancel if you do not wish to run the new command, now."
"<p>RKWard either could not find its resource files at all, or only an old version of those files. The most likely cause is that the last installation failed to place the files in the correct place. This can lead to all sorts of problems, from single missing features to complete failure to function.</p>"
"<p><b>You should quit RKWard, now, and fix your installation</b>. For help with that, see <a href=\"http://rkward.kde.org/compiling\">http://rkward.kde.org/compiling</a>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "Broken installation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Your installation of KDE is configured to use \"native\" file dialogs. This is known to cause issues in some cases, and we recommend to disable \"native\" file dialogs.\n"
"Should \"native\" file dialogs be disabled in RKWard?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Potential problem with your configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Yes, disable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/rkward.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "No, use \"native\" file dialogs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rkward.cpp:291
+#: rkward/rkward.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You are about to start an RKWard dialog from outside of RKWard, probably by clicking on an 'rkward://'-link, somewhere. In case you have found this link on an external website, please bear in mind that R can be used to run arbitrary commands on your computer, <b>potentially including downloading and installing malicious software</b>. If you do not trust the source of the link you were following, you should press 'Cancel', below.</p>"
"<p>In case you click 'Continue', no R code will be run, unless and until you click 'Submit' in the dialog window, and you are encouraged to review the generated R code, before doing so.</p>"
"<p><i>Note</i>: Checking 'Do not ask again' will suppress this message for the remainder of this session, only."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rkward.cpp:292
+#: rkward/rkward.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "A note on external links"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rkward.cpp:304
+#: rkward/rkward.cpp:305
#, kde-format
msgid "Setting up plugins..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rkward.cpp:308
+#: rkward/rkward.cpp:309
#, kde-format
msgid "Plugins are needed: you may manage these through \"Settings->Manage R package and plugins\".\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rkward.cpp:308
+#: rkward/rkward.cpp:309
#, kde-format
msgid "No active plugin maps"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rkward.cpp:342
+#: rkward/rkward.cpp:343
#, kde-format
msgid "New RKWard plugin packs (listed below) have been found, and have been activated, automatically. To de-activate selected plugin packs, use Settings->Configure RKWard->Plugins."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rkward.cpp:342
+#: rkward/rkward.cpp:343
#, kde-format
msgid "New plugins found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rkward.cpp:346
+#: rkward/rkward.cpp:347
#, kde-format
msgid "The following RKWard pluginmap files could not be loaded, and have been disabled. This could be because they are broken, not compatible with this version of RKWard, or not meant for direct loading (see the 'Details' for more information). They have been disabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rkward.cpp:346 rkward/rkward.cpp:350
+#: rkward/rkward.cpp:347 rkward/rkward.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to load some plugin maps"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rkward.cpp:350
+#: rkward/rkward.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "Some errors were encountered while loading the following RKWard pluginmap files. This could be because individual plugins are broken or not compatible with this version of RKWard (see the 'Details' for more information). Other plugins were loaded, successfully, however."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
-#: rkward/rkward.cpp:350
+#: rkward/rkward.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "Note: You will not be warned about these pluginmap files again, until you upgrade RKWard, or remove and re-add them in Settings->Configure RKWard->Plugins."
"<p>A list of filters (file name extensions) that should be treated as R script files. Most importantly, files matching one of these filters will always be opened with R syntax highlighting.</p>"
msgid "<b>These settings are for debugging purposes, only.</b> It is safe to leave them untouched. Also, these settings will only apply to the current session, and will not be saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduledebug.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Debug level"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduledebug.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Debug flags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduledebug.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Command timeout"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduledebug.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "<i>Note:</i> Debug output is written to %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduledebug.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Debug"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Directory where rkward may store files (*)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Startup Action (*)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "Load .RData-file from current directory, if available (R option '--restore')"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask for a file to open"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Show selection dialog (default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Show RKWard Help on Startup"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Initial working directory (*)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulegeneral.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not change current directory on startup"
msgid "<p>The initial working directory to use. Note that if you are loading a workspace on startup, and you have configured RKWard to change to the directory of loaded workspaces, that directory will take precedence.</p>"
msgid "The workplace layout (i.e. which script-, data-, help-windows are open) may be saved (and loaded) per R workspace, or independent of the R workspace. Which do you prefer?"
"<p>The default device to be used for plotting, i.e. when new plot is created, while no graphics device is active (see <i>options(\"device\")</i>).</p>"
"<p>The RKWard native device is the recommended choice for most users. This corresponds to the R command <i>RK()</i>.</p>"
"<p>The 'Platform default device' corresponds to one of <i>X11()</i>, <i>windows()</i>, or <i>quartz()</i>, depending on the platform.</p>"
"<p>You can also specify the name of a function such as <i>cairoDevice</i>.</p>"
"<p>Many scripts use calls to platform specific standard devices (<i>X11()</i>, <i>windows()</i>, <i>quartz()</i>), although any on-screen device could be used at these places. RKWard provides overloads for these standard device functions, which can change their behavior when used in user code:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li>The calls can be re-directed to the RKWard native device (<i>RK()</i>). Some, but not all function arguments will be matched, others will be ignored.</li>"
"<li>The original platform specific devices can be used, but embedded into RKWard windows. This option is not available on MacOS X.</li>"
"<li>The original platform specific devices can be used unchanged, without the addition of RKWard specific features.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>Regardless of this setting, the original devices are always accessible as <i>grDevices::X11()</i>, etc.</p>"
"<p>Using a device on a platform where it is not defined (e.g. <i>Windows()</i> on Mac OS X) will always fall back to the <i>RK()</i> device.</p>"
msgid "Add the name of the package that no structure should be fetched for"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Carbon copy commands to output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Commands entered in the console"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Commands run via the 'Run' menu"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Commands originating from dialogs and plugins"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Also carbon copy the command output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Output Window options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "show window on new output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgid "raise window on new output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "CSS file to use for output (leave empty for default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Select CSS file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Select a CSS file for custom formatting of the output window. Leave empty to use the default CSS file shipped with RKWard. Note that this setting takes effect, when initializing an output file (e.g. after flushing the output), only."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid "File format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "<Default>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "PNG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid "SVG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid "JPG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "JPG quality"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid "Width:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleoutput.cpp:209
#, kde-format
msgid "Height:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduleplugins.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Some plugins are available with both, a wizard-like interface and a traditional dialog interface. If both are available, which mode of presentation do you prefer?"
msgid "The following settings mostly affect R behavior in the console. It is generally safe to keep these unchanged."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Display warnings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Suppress warnings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Print warnings later (default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Print warnings immediately"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert warnings to errors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Decimal character (only for printing)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Output width (characters)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum number of elements shown in print"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum length of warnings/errors to print"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Keep comments in functions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "TRUE (default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "FALSE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Keep comments in packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:143
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "TRUE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:144
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "FALSE (default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum level of nested expressions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Default decimal precision in print ()"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "Check vector bounds (warn)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgid "Editor command"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Internet Explorer functions for internet access"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "Pager command"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Use Internet Explorer functions for accessing the internet from R. Enabling this option may help in case of problems with accessing the internet from R (e.g. for installing packages).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid "Further (option) commands to run in each session"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "R-Backend"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:350
#, kde-format
msgid "CRAN download mirror (leave empty to be prompted once each session):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "Select mirror"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:361
#, kde-format
msgid "Additional package repositories (where libraries are downloaded from)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:367
#, kde-format
msgid "Archive downloaded packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid "Build packages from source"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgid "Build packages from source (not configurable on this platform)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:380
#, kde-format
msgid "Installing packages from pre-compiled binaries (if available) is generally faster, and does not require an installation of development tools and libraries. On the other hand, building packages from source provides best compatibility. On Mac OS X and Linux, building packages from source is currently recommended."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:386
#, kde-format
msgid "R Library locations (where libraries get installed to, locally)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:391
#, kde-format
msgid "Note: The startup defaults will always be used in addition to the locations you specify in this list"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:442
#, kde-format
msgid "Add R Library Directory"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Specify or select library location to add.\n"
"Note that locations may contain a '%v', which will expand to the first two components of the R version number (e.g. to 3.5), automatically. Including this is recommended, because R packages compiled for one version of R will often fail to work correctly in a different version of R."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:456
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Add file to list"
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:469
#, kde-format
msgid "Add repository"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:469
#, kde-format
msgid "Add URL of new repository"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:475
#, kde-format
msgid "R-Packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmoduler.cpp:481
#, kde-format
msgid "Select CRAN mirror"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "For now, settings only apply to new commands. All previous commands remain visible/invisible."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "always show command"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "always show result"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "show errors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "show/raise window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "User commands"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Plugin generated commands"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Application commands"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronization commands"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/settings/rksettingsmodulewatch.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum number of paragraphs/lines to display in the Command Log"
msgid "Some of the commands you were trying to cancel are marked as \"sync\" (letter 'S' in the type column). Cancelling such commands could lead to loss of data. These commands have _not_ been cancelled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rcontrolwindow.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Some commands not cancelled"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rcontrolwindow.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Resume execution"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcallstackviewer.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Active calls</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcallstackviewer.cpp:127
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugconsole.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Not in a debugger context"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcallstackviewer.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Current call:</b> %1<br>"
"<b>Environment:</b> %2<br>"
"<b>Local objects:</b> %3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to open \"%1\""
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not open command file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Script Editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:299
#, kde-format
msgid "Insert line break and run"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:306
#, kde-format
msgid "Run block"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:310
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark selection as block"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgid "Unmark block"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgid "CD to script directory"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:319
#, kde-format
msgid "Change the working directory to the directory of this script"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Script..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:326
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Script As..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:417
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:617
#, kde-format
msgid " [modified]"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:424
#, kde-format
msgid "The document \"%1\" has been modified. Close it anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:424
#, kde-format
msgid "File not saved"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:549
#, kde-format
msgid "An error occurred while trying to create an autosave of the script file '%1':"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:616
#, kde-format
msgid "Unnamed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:852
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 (Active)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindow.cpp:872
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 (Unused)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (tools)
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandeditorwindowpart.rc:6
#, kde-format
msgid "&Tools Move"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandlog.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid "Incomplete statement.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandlog.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Syntax error.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandlog.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "An unspecified error occurred while running the command.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkcommandlog.cpp:289
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugconsole.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Next"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugconsole.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Step out"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugconsole.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Continue until the caller of this function is reached (unless another debug statement is hit, earlier)</p>"
"<p><b>Note:</b> In some cases, the calling function will never be reached, because the call was the last step in the caller. In these cases, the behavior is identical to 'Continue'.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugconsole.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugconsole.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "This window cannot be closed, while a debugger is active. If you have no idea what this means, and you want to get out, press the 'Cancel' button on the right hand side of this window."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugmessagewindow.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This window is used for displaying RKWard related debug messages. It is targeted primarily at (plugin) developers. It does <b>not</b> offer any features for debugging R code.</p>"
"<p>Note that the list of messages is cleared every time you close the window.</p>"
"<p>Type and severity level of messages can be controlled from Settings->Configure RKWard->Debug</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkdebugmessagewindow.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This window is used for displaying RKWard related debug messages. It is targetted primarily at (plugin) developers. It does <b>not</b> offer any features for debugging R code.</p>"
"<p>Note that the list of messages is cleared every time you close the window.</p>"
"<p>Type and severity level of messages can be controlled from Settings->Configure RKWard->Debug</p>"
msgid "No help found on '%1'. Maybe the corresponding package is not installed/loaded, or maybe you mistyped the command. Try using Help->Search R Help for more options."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhelpsearchwindow.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "No help found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhelpsearchwindow.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid "Topic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhelpsearchwindow.cpp:343
#, kde-format
msgid "Package"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "Output %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:526
#, kde-format
msgid "Output Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:528
#, kde-format
msgid "&Refresh Output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:556
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<HTML><BODY><H1>RKWard output file could not be found</H1>\n"
"</BODY></HTML>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:558
#, kde-format
msgid "Page does not exist or is broken"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:569
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you really want to clear the output? This will also remove all image files used in the output. It will not be possible to restore it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:569
#, kde-format
msgid "Flush output?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:574
#, kde-format
msgid "Flushing output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:617
#, kde-format
msgid "Zoom In"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:619
#, kde-format
msgid "Zoom Out"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:623
#, kde-format
msgid "Default &Encoding"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:624
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the encoding to assume in case no explicit encoding has been set in the page or in the HTTP headers."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:642
#, kde-format
msgid "&Flush Output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:658
#, kde-format
msgid "Print output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:659
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Output as HTML"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:667
#, kde-format
msgid "Print page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:668
#, kde-format
msgid "Export page as HTML"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:723
#, kde-format
msgid "No Title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:735
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Help page missing</h1>"
"\n"
"<p>The help page for this component has not yet been written (or is broken). Please consider contributing it.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:740
#, kde-format
msgid "Use %1 now"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:757
#, kde-format
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:763
#, kde-format
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:780
#, kde-format
msgid "GUI settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:804
#, kde-format
msgid "Related functions and pages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:811
#, kde-format
msgid "Technical details"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:832
#, kde-format
msgid "About"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:838
#, kde-format
msgid "<h1>On this page:</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:861
#, kde-format
msgid "Unnamed GUI element"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:935
#, kde-format
msgid "R Reference on '%1'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkhtmlwindow.cpp:946
#, kde-format
msgid "BROKEN REFERENCE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkmdiwindow.cpp:402
#, kde-format
msgid "Help on %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkmdiwindow.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:284
#, kde-format
msgid "Attach"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "Position"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Left Sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:289
#, kde-format
msgid "Right Sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "Top Sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "Bottom Sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoolwindowbar.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Not shown in sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Help on R"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Search R Help"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Help on RKWard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Shows the R help index"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Shows/raises the R Help Search window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Show help on RKWard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid "Previous Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Next Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Show/Hide %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Activate Document view"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Show &Output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons, the following dialog allows you to configure the keyboard shortcuts only for those parts of RKWard that are currently active.\n"
"\n"
"Therefore, if you want to configure keyboard shortcuts e.g. for use inside the script editor, you need to open a script editor window, and activate it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:113
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Note"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "RKWard Plugins"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rktoplevelwindowgui.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"For technical reasons, the following dialog allows you to configure the toolbar buttons only for those parts of RKWard that are currently active.\n"
"\n"
"Therefore, if you want to configure tool buttons e.g. for use inside the script editor, you need to open a script editor window, and activate it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "You have tried to embed a new R graphics device window in RKWard. However, this is not currently supported in this build of RKWard on Mac OS X. See http://rkward.kde.org/mac for more information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:133
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not embed R X11 window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "You have tried to embed a new R graphics device window in RKWard. However, either no window was created, or RKWard failed to detect the new window. If you think RKWard should have done better, consider reporting this as a bug. Alternatively, you may want to adjust Settings->Configure RKWard->Onscreen Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "An error occurred"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:304
#, kde-format
msgid "Graphics Device Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "The current window appears too large to fit on the screen. If this happens regularly, you may want to adjust the default graphics window size in Settings->Configure RKWard->Onscreen Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "Large window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:397
#, kde-format
msgid "Closing device (saving history)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:399
#, kde-format
msgid "Shutting down device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The graphics device is being closed, saving the last plot to the plot history. This may take a while, if the R backend is still busy. You can close the graphics device immediately, in case it is stuck. However, the last plot may be missing from the plot history, if you do this.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Note: On X11, the embedded window may be expurged, and you will have to close it manually in this case.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid "Close immediately"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid "Keep waiting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:508
#, kde-format
msgid "Specify fixed size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgid "Width"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:523
#, kde-format
msgid "Height"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:552
#, kde-format
msgid "Activate graphics device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:558
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy contents of graphics device number %1 to output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:566
#, kde-format
msgid "Print contents of graphics device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:574
#, kde-format
msgid "Specify R object"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:578
#, kde-format
msgid "Specify the R object name, you want to save the graph to"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:598
#, kde-format
msgid "Save contents of graphics device number %1 to object '%2'"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:607
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate graphics device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:613
#, kde-format
msgid "Load next plot in device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:614
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:622
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:630
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:638
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:646
#, kde-format
msgid "Loading plot from history"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:621
#, kde-format
msgid "Load previous plot in device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:629
#, kde-format
msgid "Load first plot in device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:637
#, kde-format
msgid "Load last plot in device number %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:645
#, kde-format
msgid "Load plot %1 in device number %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:653
#, kde-format
msgid "Append this plot to history (device number %1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:659
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove current plot from history (device number %1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:665
#, kde-format
msgid "This will clear the plot history for all device windows, not just this one. If this is not your intent, press cancel, below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:667
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear plot history"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:673
#, kde-format
msgid "Plot properties (device number %1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:687
#, kde-format
msgid "<Unsaved plot>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:714
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw area follows size of window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:721
#, kde-format
msgid "Set fixed size 500x500"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:724
#, kde-format
msgid "Set fixed size 1000x1000"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:727
#, kde-format
msgid "Set fixed size 2000x2000"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:730
#, kde-format
msgid "Set specified fixed size..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:735
#, kde-format
msgid "Previous plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:740
#, kde-format
msgid "First plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:745
#, kde-format
msgid "Next plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:750
#, kde-format
msgid "Last plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:753
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:762
#, kde-format
msgid "Append this plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:767
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove this plot"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:773
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear history"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:779
#, kde-format
msgid "Plot properties"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:784
#, kde-format
msgid "Make active"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:788
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy to output"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:792
#, kde-format
msgid "Store as R object..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:794
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkwindowcatcher.cpp:798
#, kde-format
msgid "Stop interaction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplace.cpp:428
#, kde-format
msgid "The url you are trying to open ('%1') is not a local file or the filetype is not supported by RKWard. Do you want to open the url in the default application?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplace.cpp:428
#, kde-format
msgid "Open in default application?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplace.cpp:590
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You are about to edit object \"%1\", which is very large (%2 fields). RKWard is not optimized to handle very large objects in the built in data editor. This will use a lot of memory, and - depending on your system - might be very slow. For large objects it is generally recommended to edit using command line means or to split into smaller chunks before editing. On the other hand, if you have enough memory, or the data is simple enough (numeric data is easier to handle, than factor), editing may not be a problem at all. You can configure this warning (or turn it off entirely) under Settings->Configure RKWard->General.\n"
"Really edit object?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplace.cpp:590
#, kde-format
msgid "About to edit very large object"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplace.cpp:887
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Workplace layout"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplace.cpp:896
#, kde-format
msgid "Restore Workplace layout"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Close all"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "Window Left"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgid "Window Right"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid "Split Ve&rtical"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:261
#, kde-format
msgid "Split the currently active view into two views, vertically."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Split &Horizontal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: rkward/windows/rkworkplaceview.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid "Split the currently active view into two views, horizontally."